use dquotes, not squotes

filename from ls -l output, to accommodate the change in format.

GNUmakefile

@@ -4,6 +4,10 @@
 # It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
 # only to the maintainer.
 
+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
 have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
 
 # If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,

Makefile.maint

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ maintainer-check:
 
 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
 cvs-dist: maintainer-check
 	pkg=`echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z`; \
 	ver=`echo "$(VERSION)" | sed 's/\./_/g'`; \
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ cvs-dist: maintainer-check
 	$(MAKE) dist
 
 t=./=test
-my-distcheck: dist
+my-distcheck:
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	mkdir $(t)
 	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
@@ -50,8 +51,15 @@ THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
 PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
 PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
 v = Version
-url-host-prefix = ftp://alpha.gnu.org
-url = $(url-host-prefix)/gnu/fetish/$(distdir).tar.gz
+url_list = \
+  ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/fetish/$(distdir).tar.gz \
+  ftp://tug.org/pub/gnu/fetish/$(distdir).tar.gz \
+  ftp://ftp.enst.fr/pub/gnu/gnits/fetish/$(distdir).tar.gz
+dir_list = \
+  /fs/share/ftp/gnu/fetish \
+  /home/ftp/pub/gnu/fetish \
+  /pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
+
 md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
 
 rel-check:
@@ -69,7 +77,9 @@ announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	  echo; \
 	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
 	  echo; \
-	  echo "  $(url)"; \
+	  for url in $(url_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url"; \
+	  done; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
 	  echo; \
@@ -88,7 +98,9 @@ alpha:
 	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
 	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
 	@echo =====================================
-	@echo 'ncftp -u $(url-host-prefix)/fs/share/ftp/gnu/fetish/'
+	@for url in $(dir_list); do \
+	  echo "ncftp -u $$url"; \
+	done
 	@echo '#   put $(distdir).tar.gz'
 	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
 	@echo 'pot-mail $(distdir).tar.gz | bash'

THANKS

@@ -3,9 +3,14 @@ The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
 
 Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
 aldomel: aldomel@ix.netcom.com
+Alen Muzinic: zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
 Akim Demaille: demaille@inf.enst.fr
+Alain Magloire: alain@qnx.com
+Alexey Solovyov: alekso@math.uu.se
 Andreas Jaeger: jaeger@gnu.org
 Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
+Andrew Dalke: dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Tridgell: tridge@samba.org
 Andries Brouwer: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
 Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
 Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
@@ -16,6 +21,7 @@ Bob McCracken: kerouac@ravenet.com
 Brendan O'Dea: bod@compusol.com.au
 Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
 Christian von Roques: roques@pond.sub.org
+Colin Plumb: colin@nyx.net
 Dirk Lattermann: dlatt@t-online.de
 Don Parsons: dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
 Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
@@ -29,12 +35,17 @@ Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
 James: james@albion.glarp.com
 James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
 James Tanis: jtt@soscorp.com
+Jamie Lokier: jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Janos Farkas: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
 Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
 Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
 Johan Danielsson: joda@pdc.kth.se
+John Bley: jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
 John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+John Gotts: jgotts@umich.edu
 Karl Heuer: kwzh@gnu.org
 Kjetil Torgrim Homme: kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Larry McVoy: lm@sgi.com
 Lars Hecking: lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
 Lorne Baker: lbaker@nitro.avint.net
 Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
@@ -44,6 +55,7 @@ Mark Kettenis: kettenis@phys.uva.nl
 Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
 Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
 Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Swift: swift@alum.mit.edu
 Michiel Bacchiani: bacchian@raven.bu.edu
 Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
@@ -52,11 +64,15 @@ Per Kristian Hove: perhov@math.ntnu.no
 Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
 Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
 Philippe De Muyter: phdm@macqel.be
+Rainer Orth: ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
 Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
 Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
 Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
 Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Ulrich Drepper: drepper@cygnus.com
+Volker Borchert: bt@teknon.de
 Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
 Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+William Bader: william@nscs.fast.net

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,20 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.info
-version.texi
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.dvi
 fileutils.aux
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.vr
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.pg
 fileutils.cm
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.op
+fileutils.cp
 fileutils.cps
+fileutils.dvi
+fileutils.fl
+fileutils.fn
+fileutils.info
+fileutils.info*
+fileutils.ky
+fileutils.log
+fileutils.op
+fileutils.pg
+fileutils.toc
+fileutils.tp
+fileutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3b from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -49,6 +48,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@
 
+
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
@@ -106,7 +108,6 @@ mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
@@ -116,13 +117,12 @@ version.texi
 
 DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
-
+TAR = gtar
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
 
 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
@@ -130,18 +130,18 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 
-version.texi: stamp-vti
-	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+	@:
 
-stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	@echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	@echo "@set UPDATED `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
 	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
 	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \
-	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \
-	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti)
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
 	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+	@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@
 
 mostlyclean-vti:
 	-rm -f vti.tmp
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ clean-vti:
 distclean-vti:
 
 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	-rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texi.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
 
 .texi:
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texinfo.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
 
 .txi.info:
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .txi.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
 
 .txi:
@@ -206,7 +206,8 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
 	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
@@ -217,7 +218,8 @@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	done
 	@$(POST_INSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
 	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
 	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
@@ -228,17 +230,20 @@ uninstall-info:
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
 	  ii=yes; \
 	else ii=; fi; \
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
 	  test -z "$ii" \
 	    || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
 	done
 	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
 	  (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
 	done
 
 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
 	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
@@ -249,7 +254,7 @@ dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 
 mostlyclean-aminfo:
 	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fl fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky \
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
 	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
 	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
 	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
@@ -260,7 +265,7 @@ clean-aminfo:
 distclean-aminfo:
 
 maintainer-clean-aminfo:
-	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  rm -f $$i; \
 	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
 	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
@@ -282,28 +287,38 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
 	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-dvi: $(DVIS)
-check: all
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+info: info-am
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 
-install-data: install-info-am
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-info
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+install-data: install-data-am
 
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
 	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
 
@@ -317,22 +332,31 @@ distclean-generic:
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
 
-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
 .PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
 install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info dvi installcheck \
-install-exec install-data install uninstall all installdirs \
+clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
+dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
+install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
+uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all installdirs \
 mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @end titlepage
 
 
-@ifinfo
+@ifnottex
 @node Top
 @top GNU shell utilities
 
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.
 
 * Index::                       General index.
 @end menu
-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex
 
 
 @node Introduction
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
 @code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
 the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
 This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
-the environment variable @var{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
+the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ Tell the kernel that the terminal has @var{n} columns.  Non-POSIX.
 @vindex COLUMNS
 Print the number of rows and columns that the kernel thinks the
 terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and cols in the kernel
-typically use the environment variables @code{LINES} and @code{COLUMNS}
+typically use the environment variables @env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}
 instead; however, GNU @code{stty} does not know anything about them.)
 Non-POSIX.
 
@@ -2390,6 +2390,7 @@ input.  This is useful when you have many dates to process, because the
 system overhead of starting up the @code{date} executable many times can
 be considerable.
 
+@item -R
 @itemx --rfc-822
 @opindex -R
 @opindex --rfc-822
@@ -2690,7 +2691,7 @@ Ordinarily, filenames are looked up starting at the root of the
 directory structure, i.e., @file{/}.  @code{chroot} changes the root to
 the directory @var{newroot} (which must exist) and then runs
 @var{command} with optional @var{args}.  If @var{command} is not
-specified, the default is the value of the @code{SHELL} environment
+specified, the default is the value of the @env{SHELL} environment
 variable or @code{/bin/sh} if not set, invoked with the @samp{-i} option.
 
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
@@ -2720,7 +2721,7 @@ to an empty value is different from unsetting it.
 
 @vindex PATH
 The first remaining argument specifies the program name to invoke; it is
-searched for according to the @code{PATH} environment variable.  Any
+searched for according to the @env{PATH} environment variable.  Any
 remaining arguments are passed as arguments to that program.
 
 @cindex environment, printing
@@ -2864,9 +2865,9 @@ effective user id of zero (the super-user).
 @vindex LOGNAME
 @cindex login shell
 By default, @code{su} does not change the current directory.
-It sets the environment variables @code{HOME} and @code{SHELL}
+It sets the environment variables @env{HOME} and @env{SHELL}
 from the password entry for @var{user}, and if @var{user} is not
-the super-user, sets @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
+the super-user, sets @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
 By default, the shell is not a login shell.
 
 Any additional @var{arg}s are passed as additional arguments to the
@@ -2917,10 +2918,10 @@ expansion (globbing), which is not likely to be useful.
 @vindex PATH
 @cindex login shell, creating
 Make the shell a login shell.  This means the following.  Unset all
-environment variables except @code{TERM}, @code{HOME}, and @code{SHELL}
-(which are set as described above), and @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME}
+environment variables except @env{TERM}, @env{HOME}, and @env{SHELL}
+(which are set as described above), and @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME}
 (which are set, even for the super-user, as described above), and set
-@code{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
+@env{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
 directory.  Prepend @samp{-} to the shell's name, intended to make it
 read its login startup file(s).
 
@@ -2933,9 +2934,9 @@ read its login startup file(s).
 @cindex environment, preserving
 @flindex /etc/shells
 @cindex restricted shell
-Do not change the environment variables @code{HOME}, @code{USER},
-@code{LOGNAME}, or @code{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
-variable @code{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
+Do not change the environment variables @env{HOME}, @env{USER},
+@env{LOGNAME}, or @env{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
+variable @env{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
 entry, unless the user running @code{su} is not the superuser and
 @var{user}'s shell is restricted.  A @dfn{restricted shell} is one that
 is not listed in the file @file{/etc/shells}, or in a compiled-in list

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 * sum: (textutils)sum invocation.               Print traditional checksum.
 * tac: (textutils)tac invocation.               Reverse files.
 * tail: (textutils)tail invocation.             Output the last part of files.
+* tsort: (textutils)tsort invocation.           Topological sort.
 * tr: (textutils)tr invocation.                 Translate characters.
 * unexpand: (textutils)unexpand invocation.     Convert spaces to tabs.
 * uniq: (textutils)uniq invocation.             Uniqify files.
@@ -102,7 +103,10 @@ by the Foundation.
 @end titlepage
 
 
-@ifinfo
+@c If your makeinfo doesn't grok this @ifnottex directive, then either
+@c get a newer version of makeinfo or do s/ifnottex/ifinfo/ here and on
+@c the matching @end directive below.
+@ifnottex
 @node Top
 @top GNU text utilities
 
@@ -118,7 +122,7 @@ This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text utilities.
 * Formatting file contents::           fmt pr fold
 * Output of parts of files::           head tail split csplit
 * Summarizing files::                  wc sum cksum md5sum
-* Operating on sorted files::   sort uniq comm ptx
+* Operating on sorted files::          sort uniq comm ptx tsort
 * Operating on fields within a line::  cut paste join
 * Operating on characters::            tr expand unexpand
 * Opening the software toolbox::       The software tools philosophy.
@@ -160,10 +164,11 @@ Operating on sorted files
 * uniq invocation::             Uniqify files.
 * comm invocation::             Compare two sorted files line by line.
 * ptx invocation::              Produce a permuted index of file contents.
+* tsort invocation::            Topological sort.
 
 @code{ptx}: Produce permuted indexes
 
-* General options in ptx::      Options which affect general program behaviour.
+* General options in ptx::      Options which affect general program behavior.
 * Charset selection in ptx::    Underlying character set considerations.
 * Input processing in ptx::     Input fields, contexts, and keyword selection.
 * Output formatting in ptx::    Types of output format, and sizing the fields.
@@ -201,7 +206,7 @@ Opening the software toolbox
 @end detailmenu
 @end menu
 
-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex
 
 
 @node Introduction
@@ -307,11 +312,32 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 @opindex --show-all
 Equivalent to @samp{-vET}.
 
+@item -B
+@itemx --binary
+@opindex -B
+@opindex --binary
+@cindex binary and text I/O in cat
+On MS-DOS and MS-Windows only, causes @code{cat} read and write the
+files in binary mode.  By default, @code{cat} on MS-DOS/MS-Windows uses
+binary mode only when standard output is redirected to a file or a pipe;
+this option overrides that.  Binary file I/O is used so that the files
+retain their format (Unix text as opposed to DOS text and binary),
+because @code{cat} is frequently used as file copying program.  Some
+options (see below) cause @code{cat} read and write files in text mode
+because then the original file contents aren't important (e.g., when
+lines are numbered by @code{cat}, or when line endings should be
+marked).  This is so these options work as DOS/Windows users would
+expect; for example, DOS-style text files have their lines end with
+@key{CR-LF} pair of characters which won't be processed as an empty line
+by @samp{-b} unless the file is read in text mode.
+
 @item -b
 @itemx --number-nonblank
 @opindex -b
 @opindex --number-nonblank
-Number all nonblank output lines, starting with 1.
+Number all nonblank output lines, starting with 1.  On MS-DOS and
+MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to read and write files in
+text mode.
 
 @item -e
 @opindex -e
@@ -321,20 +347,25 @@ Equivalent to @samp{-vE}.
 @itemx --show-ends
 @opindex -E
 @opindex --show-ends
-Display a @samp{$} after the end of each line.
+Display a @samp{$} after the end of each line.  On MS-DOS and
+MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to read and write files in
+text mode.
 
 @item -n
 @itemx --number
 @opindex -n
 @opindex --number
-Number all output lines, starting with 1.
+Number all output lines, starting with 1.  On MS-DOS and MS-Windows,
+this option causes @code{cat} to read and write files in text mode.
 
 @item -s
 @itemx --squeeze-blank
 @opindex -s
 @opindex --squeeze-blank
 @cindex squeezing blank lines
-Replace multiple adjacent blank lines with a single blank line.
+Replace multiple adjacent blank lines with a single blank line.  On
+MS-DOS and MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to read and write
+files in text mode.
 
 @item -t
 @opindex -t
@@ -355,8 +386,10 @@ Ignored; for Unix compatibility.
 @opindex -v
 @opindex --show-nonprinting
 Display control characters except for @key{LFD} and @key{TAB} using
-@samp{^} notation and precede characters that have the high bit set
-with @samp{M-}.
+@samp{^} notation and precede characters that have the high bit set with
+@samp{M-}.  On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to
+read files and standard input in DOS binary mode, so the @key{CR}
+characters at the end of each line are also visible.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -394,7 +427,10 @@ precedes in the file.
 @itemx --regex
 @opindex -r
 @opindex --regex
-Treat the separator string as a regular expression.
+Treat the separator string as a regular expression.  Users of @code{tac}
+on MS-DOS/MS-Windows should note that, since @code{tac} reads files in
+binary mode, each line of a text file might end with a CR/LF pair
+instead of the Unix-style LF.
 
 @item -s @var{separator}
 @itemx --separator=@var{separator}
@@ -928,23 +964,43 @@ optionally outputting in multicolumn format; optionally merges all
 pr [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 @end example
 
-By default, a 5-line header is printed: two blank lines; a line with the
-date, the file name, and the page count; and two more blank lines.  A
-footer of five blank lines is also printed. With the @samp{-f} option, a
-3-line header is printed: the leading two blank lines are omitted; no
-footer used. The default @var{page_length} in both cases is 66 lines.
-The text line of the header takes up the full @var{page_width} in the
-form @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM string Page nnnn}. String is a centered
-string.
+By default, a 5-line header is printed at each page: two blank lines;
+a line with the date, the filename, and the page count; and two more
+blank lines.  A footer of five blank lines is also printed.  With the @samp{-F}
+option, a 3-line header is printed: the leading two blank lines are
+omitted; no footer is used.  The default @var{page_length} in both cases is 66
+lines.  The default number of text lines changes from 56 (without @samp{-F})
+to 63 (with @samp{-F}).  The text line of the header takes up the full
+@var{page_width} in the form @samp{yyyy-mm-dd HH:MM string Page nnnn}.
+String is a centered header string.
 
-Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output. Multiple form
+Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output.  Multiple form
 feeds produce empty pages.
 
-Columns have equal width, separated by an optional string (default
-space). Lines will always be truncated to line width (default 72),
-unless you use the @samp{-j} option. For single column output no line
-truncation occurs by default. Use @samp{-w} option to truncate lines
-in that case.
+Columns are of equal width, separated by an optional string (default
+is @samp{space}).  For multicolumn output, lines will always be truncated to
+@var{page_width} (default 72), unless you use the @samp{-J} option.  For single
+column output no line truncation occurs by default.  Use @samp{-W} option to
+truncate lines in that case.
+
+   Including version 1.22i:
+
+Some small @var{letter options} (@samp{-s}, @samp{-w}) has been redefined
+with the object of a better @var{posix} compliance.  The output of some
+further cases has been adapted to other @var{unix}es.  A violation of
+downward compatibility has to be accepted.
+
+Some @var{new capital letter} options (@samp{-J}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-W})
+has been introduced to turn off unexpected interferences of small letter
+options.  The @samp{-N} option and the second argument @var{last_page}
+of @samp{+FIRST_PAGE} offer more flexibility.  The detailed handling of
+form feeds set in the input files requires @samp{-T} option.
+
+Capital letter options dominate small letter ones.
+
+Some of the option-arguments (compare @samp{-s}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-e},
+@samp{-i}, @samp{-n}) cannot be specified as separate arguments from the
+preceding option letter (already stated in the @var{posix} specification).
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
@@ -954,32 +1010,39 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 @itemx --pages=@var{first_page}[:@var{last_page}]
 @opindex +@var{first_page}[:@var{last_page}]
 @opindex --pages
-Begin printing with page @var{first_page} and stop with
-@var{last_page}. Missing @samp{:@var{last_page}} implies end of file. While
-estimating the number of skipped pages each form feed in the input file
-results in a new page. Page counting with and without
-@samp{+@var{first_page}} is identical. By default, it starts with the
-first page of input file (not first page printed). Page numbering may be
-altered by @samp{-N} option.
+Begin printing with page @var{first_page} and stop with @var{last_page}.
+Missing @samp{:@var{last_page}} implies end of file.  While estimating
+the number of skipped pages each form feed in the input file results
+in a new page.  Page counting with and without @samp{+@var{first_page}}
+is identical.  By default, counting starts with the first page of input
+file (not first page printed).  Line numbering may be altered by @samp{-N}
+option.
 
 @item -@var{column}
 @itemx --columns=@var{column}
 @opindex -@var{column}
 @opindex --columns
 @cindex down columns
-With each single @var{file}, produce @var{column}-column output and
-print columns down. The column width is automatically estimated from
-@var{page_width}. This option might well cause some columns to be
-truncated. The number of lines in the columns on each page will be
-balanced. @samp{-@var{column}} may not be used with @samp{-m} option.
+With each single @var{file}, produce @var{column} columns of output
+(default is 1) and print columns down, unless @samp{-a} is used.  The
+column width is automatically decreased as @var{column} increases; unless
+you use the @samp{-W/-w} option to increase @var{page_width} as well.
+This option might well cause some lines to be truncated.  The number of
+lines in the columns on each page are balanced.  The options @samp{-e}
+and @samp{-i} are on for multiple text-column output.  Together with
+@samp{-J} option column alignment and line truncation is turned off.
+Lines of full length are joined in a free field format and @samp{-S}
+option may set field separators.  @samp{-@var{column}} may not be used
+with @samp{-m} option.
 
 @item -a
 @itemx --across
 @opindex -a
 @opindex --across
 @cindex across columns
-With each single @var{file}, print columns across rather than down.
-@var{column} must be greater than one.
+With each single @var{file}, print columns across rather than down.  The
+@samp{-@var{column}} option must be given with @var{column} greater than one.
+If a line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated.
 
 @item -c
 @itemx --show-control-chars
@@ -1001,7 +1064,7 @@ Double space the output.
 @opindex -e
 @opindex --expand-tabs
 @cindex input tabs
-Expand tabs to spaces on input.  Optional argument @var{in-tabchar} is
+Expand @var{tab}s to spaces on input.  Optional argument @var{in-tabchar} is
 the input tab character (default is @key{TAB}).  Second optional
 argument @var{in-tabwidth} is the input tab character's width (default
 is 8).
@@ -1012,93 +1075,110 @@ is 8).
 @opindex -F
 @opindex -f
 @opindex --form-feed
-Use a form feed instead of newlines to separate output pages. Default
-page length of 66 lines is not altered. But the number of lines of text
-per page changes from 56 to 63 lines.
-
+Use a form feed instead of newlines to separate output pages.  The default
+page length of 66 lines is not altered.  But the number of lines of text
+per page changes from default 56 to 63 lines.
 
 @item -h @var{HEADER}
 @itemx --header=@var{HEADER}
 @opindex -h
 @opindex --header
-Replace the file name in the header with the centered string
-@var{header}. Left-hand-side truncation (marked by a @samp{*}) may occur
-if the total header line @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM HEADER Page nnnn}
-becomes larger than @var{page_width}. @samp{-h ""} prints a blank line
-header. Don't use @samp{-h""}. A space between the -h option and the
-argument is always peremptory.
+Replace the filename in the header with the centered string @var{header}.
+Left-hand-side truncation (marked by a @samp{*}) may occur if the total
+header line @samp{yyyy-mm-dd HH:MM HEADER Page nnnn} becomes larger than
+@var{page_width}.  @samp{-h ""} prints a blank line header.  Don't use
+@samp{-h""}.
+A space between the @samp{-h} option and the argument is always
+indispensable.
 
 @item -i[@var{out-tabchar}[@var{out-tabwidth}]]
 @itemx --output-tabs[=@var{out-tabchar}[@var{out-tabwidth}]]
 @opindex -i
 @opindex --output-tabs
 @cindex output tabs
-Replace spaces with tabs on output.  Optional argument @var{out-tabchar}
+Replace spaces with @var{tab}s on output.  Optional argument @var{out-tabchar}
 is the output tab character (default is @key{TAB}).  Second optional
 argument @var{out-tabwidth} is the output tab character's width (default
 is 8).
 
-@item -j
+@item -J
 @itemx --join-lines
-@opindex -j
+@opindex -J
 @opindex --join-lines
-Merge lines of full length. Used together with the column options
-@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}. Turns off
-@samp{-w} line truncation; no column alignment used; may be used with
-@samp{-s[@var{separator}]}.
+Merge lines of full length.  Used together with the column options
+@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}.  Turns off
+@samp{-W/-w} line truncation;
+no column alignment used; may be used with @samp{-S[@var{string}]}.
+@samp{-J} has been introduced (together with @samp{-W} and @samp{-S})
+to disentangle the old (@var{posix} compliant) options @samp{-w} and
+@samp{-s} along with the three column options.
 
 
 @item -l @var{page_length}
 @itemx --length=@var{page_length}
 @opindex -l
 @opindex --length
-Set the page length to @var{page_length} (default 66) lines. If
-@var{page_length} is less than or equal 10 (and <= 3 with @samp{-f}),
-the headers and footers are omitted, and all form feeds set in input
-files are eliminated, as if the @samp{-T} option had been given.
+Set the page length to @var{page_length} (default 66) lines, including
+the lines of the header [and the footer].  If @var{page_length} is less
+than or equal 10 (and <= 3 with @samp{-F}), the header and footer are
+omitted, and all form feeds set in input files are eliminated, as if
+the @samp{-T} option had been given.
 
 @item -m
 @itemx --merge
 @opindex -m
 @opindex --merge
-Merge and print all @var{file}s in parallel, one in each column. If a
-line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated (but see
-@samp{-j}). @samp{-s[@var{separator}]} may be used. Empty pages in some
-@var{file}s (form feeds set) produce empty columns, still marked by
-@var{separator}. Completely empty common pages show no separators or
-line numbers. The default header becomes
-@samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM <blanks> Page nnnn}; may be used with
-@samp{-h @var{header}} to fill up the middle part.
-
+Merge and print all @var{file}s in parallel, one in each column.  If a
+line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated, unless @samp{-J}
+option is used.  @samp{-S[@var{string}]} may be used.  Empty pages in
+some @var{file}s (form feeds set) produce empty columns, still marked
+by @var{string}.  The result is a continuous line numbering and column
+marking throughout the whole merged file.  Completely empty merged pages
+show no separators or line numbers.  The default header becomes
+@samp{yyyy-mm-dd HH:MM <blanks> Page nnnn}; may be used with
+@samp{-h @var{header}} to fill up the middle blank part.
 
 @item -n[@var{number-separator}[@var{digits}]]
 @itemx --number-lines[=@var{number-separator}[@var{digits}]]
 @opindex -n
 @opindex --number-lines
-Precede each column with a line number; with parallel @var{file}s
-(@samp{-m}), precede only each line with a line number. Optional argument
-@var{number-separator} is the character to print after each number
-(default is @key{TAB}).  Optional argument @var{digits} is the number of
-digits per line number (default is 5). Default line counting starts with
-first line of the input file (not with the first line printed, see
-@samp{-N}).
+Provide @var{digits} digit line numbering (default for @var{digits} is
+5).  With multicolumn output the number occupies the first @var{digits}
+column positions of each text column or only each line of @samp{-m}
+output.  With single column output the number precedes each line just as
+@samp{-m} does.  Default counting of the line numbers starts with 1st
+line of the input file (not the 1st line printed, compare the
+@samp{--page} option and @samp{-N} option).
+Optional argument @var{number-separator} is the character appended to
+the line number to separate it from the text followed.  The default
+separator is a @key{TAB}.  In a strict sense a @key{TAB} is always
+printed with single column output only.  The @var{TAB}-width varies
+with the @var{TAB}-position, e.g. with the left @var{margin} specified
+by @samp{-o} option.  With multicolumn output priority is given to
+@samp{equal width of output columns} (a @var{posix} specification).
+The @var{TAB}-width is fixed to the value of the 1st column and does
+not change with different values of left @var{margin}.  That means a
+fixed number of spaces is always printed in the place of the
+@var{number-separator tab}.  The tabification depends upon the output
+position.
 
 @item -N @var{line_number}
 @itemx --first-line-number=@var{line_number}
 @opindex -N
 @opindex --first-line-number
-Start line counting with no. @var{line_number} at first line of first
-page printed.
+Start line counting with the number @var{line_number} at first line of
+first page printed (in most cases not the first line of the input file).
 
-@item -o @var{n}
-@itemx --indent=@var{n}
+@item -o @var{margin}
+@itemx --indent=@var{margin}
 @opindex -o
 @opindex --indent
 @cindex indenting lines
 @cindex left margin
-Indent each line with @var{n} (default is zero) spaces wide, i.e., set
-the left margin.  The total page width is @var{n} plus the width set
-with the @samp{-w} option.
+Indent each line with a margin @var{margin} spaces wide (default is zero).
+The total page width is the size of the margin plus the @var{page_width}
+set with the @samp{-W/-w} option.  A limited overflow may occur with
+numbered single column output (compare @samp{-n} option).
 
 @item -r
 @itemx --no-file-warnings
@@ -1107,34 +1187,50 @@ with the @samp{-w} option.
 Do not print a warning message when an argument @var{file} cannot be
 opened.  (The exit status will still be nonzero, however.)
 
-@item -s[@var{separator}]
-@itemx --separator[=@var{separator}]
+@item -s[@var{char}]
+@itemx --separator[=@var{char}]
 @opindex -s
 @opindex --separator
-Separate columns by a string @var{separator}. Don't use
-@samp{-s @var{separator}}, no space between flag and argument. If this
-option is omitted altogether, the default is @key{TAB} together with
-@samp{-j} option and space otherwise (same as @samp{-s" "}). With
-@samp{-s} only, no separator is used (same as @samp{-s""}). @samp{-s}
-does not affect line truncation or column alignment.
+Separate columns by a single character @var{char}.  Default for @var{char}
+is the @key{TAB} character without @samp{-w} and @samp{no character} with
+@samp{-w}.  Without @samp{-s} default separator @samp{space} is set.
+@samp{-s[char]} turns off line truncation of all three column options
+(@samp{-COLUMN}|@samp{-a -COLUMN}|@samp{-m}) except @samp{-w} is set.
+That is a @var{posix} compliant formulation.
+
+
+@item -S[@var{string}]
+@itemx --sep-string[=@var{string}]
+@opindex -S
+@opindex --sep-string
+Separate columns by any string @var{string}.  The @samp{-S} option doesn't
+react upon the @samp{-W/-w} option (unlike @samp{-s} option does).  It
+does not affect line truncation or column alignment.  A separator is
+defined, nothing else.  Without @samp{-S}: default separator @key{TAB}
+is used with @samp{-J} and @samp{space} otherwise (same as @samp{-S" "}).
+With @samp{-S} only: no separator is used, same as @samp{-S""}.  Quotes
+should be used with blanks and some shell active characters.  Some of the
+@code{pr} options don't allow the option letter to be separated from its
+argument.  @samp{-S/-s} is one of them.  Don't use @samp{-S "STRING"}.
+That's @var{posix} compliant.
 
 @item -t
 @itemx --omit-header
 @opindex -t
 @opindex --omit-header
 Do not print the usual header [and footer] on each page, and do not fill
-out the bottoms of pages (with blank lines or a form feed). No page
-structure is produced, but retain form feeds set in the input files. The
-predefined page layout is not changed. @samp{-t} or @samp{-T} may be
-useful together with other options; e.g.: @samp{-t -e4}, expand
-@key{TAB} in the input file to 4 spaces but do not do any other changes.
-Use of @samp{-t} overrides @samp{-h}.
+out the bottom of pages (with blank lines or a form feed).  No page
+structure is produced, but form feeds set in the input files are retained.
+The predefined pagination is not changed.  @samp{-t} or @samp{-T} may be
+useful together with other options; e.g.: @samp{-t -e4}, expand @key{TAB}
+in the input file to 4 spaces but don't make any other changes.  Use of
+@samp{-t} overrides @samp{-h}.
 
 @item -T
 @itemx --omit-pagination
 @opindex -T
 @opindex --omit-pagination
-Do not print header [and footer]. In addition eliminate all form feeds
+Do not print header [and footer].  In addition eliminate all form feeds
 set in the input files.
 
 @item -v
@@ -1147,14 +1243,28 @@ Print unprintable characters in octal backslash notation.
 @itemx --width=@var{page_width}
 @opindex -w
 @opindex --width
-Set the page width to @var{page_width} (default 72) characters.
-With/without @samp{-w}, header lines are always truncated to
-@var{page_width} characters. With @samp{-w}, text lines are truncated,
-unless @samp{-j} is used. Without @samp{-w} together with one of the
-column options @samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or
-@samp{-m}, default truncation of text lines to 72 characters is used.
-Without @samp{-w} and without any of the column options, no line
-truncation is used. That's equivalent to @samp{-w 72 -j}.
+Set page width to @var{page_width} characters for multiple text-column
+output only (default for @var{page_width} is 72).  @samp{-s[CHAR]} turns
+off the default page width and any line truncation and column alignment.
+Lines of full length are merged, regardless of the column options
+set.  No @var{page_width} setting is possible with single column output.
+A @var{posix} compliant formulation.
+
+@item -W @var{page_width}
+@itemx --page_width=@var{page_width}
+@opindex -W
+@opindex --page_width
+Set the page width to @var{page_width} characters.  That's valid with and
+without a column option.  Text lines are truncated, unless @samp{-J}
+is used.  Together with one of the three column options
+(@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}) column
+alignment is always used.  The separator options @samp{-S} or @samp{-s}
+don't affect the @samp{-W} option.  Default is 72 characters.  Without
+@samp{-W @var{page_width}} and without any of the column options NO line
+truncation is used (defined to keep downward compatibility and to meet
+most frequent tasks).  That's equivalent to @samp{-W 72 -J}.  With and
+without @samp{-W @var{page_width}} the header line is always truncated
+to avoid line overflow.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1174,7 +1284,7 @@ lines.  Synopsis:
 fold [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 @end example
 
-By default, @code{fold} breaks lines wider than 80 columns. The output
+By default, @code{fold} breaks lines wider than 80 columns.  The output
 is split into as many lines as necessary.
 
 @cindex screen columns
@@ -1359,16 +1469,47 @@ Output the last @var{bytes} bytes, instead of final lines.  Appending
 by 1048576.
 
 @item -f
-@itemx --follow
+@itemx --follow[=@var{how}]
 @opindex -f
 @opindex --follow
 @cindex growing files
+@vindex name @r{follow option}
+@vindex descriptor @r{follow option}
 Loop forever trying to read more characters at the end of the file,
-presumably because the file is growing.  Ignored if reading from a pipe.
+presumably because the file is growing.  This option is ignored when
+reading from a pipe.
 If more than one file is given, @code{tail} prints a header whenever it
 gets output from a different file, to indicate which file that output is
 from.
 
+There are two ways to specify how you'd like to track files with this option,
+but that difference is noticeable only when a followed file is removed.
+If you'd like to continue to track the end of a growing file even after
+it has been unlinked, use @samp{--follow=descriptor}.  This is the default
+behavior, but it is not useful if you're tracking a log file that may be
+rotated (removed and reopened).  In that case, use @samp{--follow=name} to
+track the named file by reopening it periodically
+@c FIXME: cross reference to the new option name
+to see if it has been removed and recreated by some other program.
+
+No matter which method you use, if the tracked file is determined to have
+shrunk, @code{tail} prints a message saying the file has been truncated
+and resumes tracking the end of the file from the newly-determined endpoint.
+
+When a file is removed, @code{tail}'s behavior depends on whether it is
+following the name or the descriptor.  When following by name, tail can
+detect that a file has been removed and gives a message to that effect,
+and if @samp{--allow-missing} has been specified it will continue checking
+periodically to see if the file reappears.
+When following a descriptor, tail does not detect that the file has
+been unlinked and issues no message.
+
+The option values @samp{descriptor} and @samp{name} may be specified only
+with the long form of the option, not with @samp{-f}.
+
+@c FIXME-describe --allow-missing  [useful only with --follow]
+@c FIXME-describe --sleep-interval [useful only with --follow]
+
 @itemx -n @var{n}
 @itemx --lines=@var{n}
 @opindex -n
@@ -1788,7 +1929,8 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 Treat all input files as binary.  This option has no effect on Unix
 systems, since they don't distinguish between binary and text files.
 This option is useful on systems that have different internal and
-external character representations.
+external character representations.  On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, this is
+the default.
 
 @item -c
 @itemx --check
@@ -1858,7 +2000,8 @@ These commands work with (or produce) sorted files.
 * sort invocation::             Sort text files.
 * uniq invocation::             Uniqify files.
 * comm invocation::             Compare two sorted files line by line.
-* ptx invocation::
+* ptx invocation::              Produce a permuted index of file contents.
+* tsort invocation::            Topological sort.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -1925,7 +2068,7 @@ addition, if the final byte of an input file is not a newline, GNU
 Upon any error, @code{sort} exits with a status of @samp{2}.
 
 @vindex TMPDIR
-If the environment variable @code{TMPDIR} is set, @code{sort} uses its
+If the environment variable @env{TMPDIR} is set, @code{sort} uses its
 value as the directory for temporary files instead of @file{/tmp}.  The
 @samp{-T @var{tempdir}} option in turn overrides the environment
 variable.
@@ -2046,9 +2189,9 @@ check that no pair of consecutive lines compares equal.
 @opindex -k
 @cindex sort field
 The recommended, @sc{POSIX}, option for specifying a sort field.  The field
-consists of the line between @var{pos1} and @var{pos2} (or the end of
-the line, if @var{pos2} is omitted), inclusive.  Fields and character
-positions are numbered starting with 1.  See below.
+consists of the part of the line between @var{pos1} and @var{pos2} (or the
+end of the line, if @var{pos2} is omitted), inclusive.  Fields and
+character positions are numbered starting with 1.  See below.
 
 @item -z
 @opindex -z
@@ -2183,6 +2326,16 @@ and an explicit @samp{n} with the second key specifier.
 sort -t : -b -k 5,5 -k 3,3n /etc/passwd
 @end example
 
+@c This example is a bit contrived and needs more explanation.
+@c @item
+@c Sort records separated by an arbitrary string by using a pipe to convert
+@c each record delimiter string to @samp{\0}, then using sort's -z option,
+@c and converting each @samp{\0} back to the original record delimiter.
+@c
+@c @example
+@c printf 'c\n\nb\n\na\n'|perl -0pe 's/\n\n/\n\0/g'|sort -z|perl -0pe 's/\0/\n/g'
+@c @end example
+
 @end itemize
 
 
@@ -2253,6 +2406,17 @@ Ignore differences in case when comparing lines.
 @cindex duplicate lines, outputting
 Print only duplicate lines.
 
+@item -D
+@itemx --all-repeated
+@opindex -D
+@opindex --all-repeated
+@cindex all duplicate lines, outputting
+Print all duplicate lines and only duplicate lines.
+This option is useful mainly in conjunction with other options e.g.,
+to ignore case or to compare only selected fields.
+This is a GNU extension.
+@c FIXME: give an example showing *how* it's useful
+
 @item -u
 @itemx --unique
 @opindex -u
@@ -2309,6 +2473,57 @@ Upon normal completion @code{comm} produces an exit code of zero.
 If there is an error it exits with nonzero status.
 
 
+@node tsort invocation
+@section @code{tsort}: Topological sort
+
+@pindex tsort
+@cindex topological sort
+
+@code{tsort} performs a topological sort on the given @var{file}, or
+standard input if no input file is given or for a @var{file} of
+@samp{-}.  Synopsis:
+
+@example
+tsort [@var{option}] [@var{file}]
+@end example
+
+@code{tsort} reads its input as pairs of strings, separated by blanks,
+indicating a partial ordering.  The output is a total ordering that
+corresponds to the given partial ordering.
+
+For example
+
+@example
+tsort <<EOF
+a b c
+d
+e f
+b c d e
+EOF
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will produce the output
+
+@example
+a
+b
+c
+d
+e
+f
+@end example
+
+@code{tsort} will detect cycles in the input and writes the first cycle
+encountered to standard error.
+
+Note that for a given partial ordering, generally there is no unique
+total ordering.
+
+The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
+options}.
+
+
 @node ptx invocation
 @section @code{ptx}: Produce permuted indexes
 
@@ -2371,7 +2586,7 @@ convention more than once per program invocation.
 @node General options in ptx
 @subsection General options
 
-@table @code
+@table @samp
 
 @item -C
 @itemx --copyright
@@ -2408,7 +2623,7 @@ expression for a keyword allows foreign or diacriticized letters.
 Keyword sorting, however, is still crude; it obeys the underlying
 character set ordering quite blindly.
 
-@table @code
+@table @samp
 
 @item -f
 @itemx --ignore-case
@@ -2420,18 +2635,18 @@ Fold lower case letters to upper case for sorting.
 @node Input processing in ptx
 @subsection Word selection and input processing
 
-@table @code
+@table @samp
 
 @item -b @var{file}
 @item --break-file=@var{file}
 
-This option is an alternative way to option @code{-W} for describing
-which characters make up words.  This option introduces the name of a
+This option provides an alternative (to @samp{-W}) method of describing
+which characters make up words.  It introduces the name of a
 file which contains a list of characters which can@emph{not} be part of
 one word, this file is called the @dfn{Break file}.  Any character which
 is not part of the Break file is a word constituent.  If both options
-@code{-b} and @code{-W} are specified, then @code{-W} has precedence and
-@code{-b} is ignored.
+@samp{-b} and @samp{-W} are specified, then @samp{-W} has precedence and
+@samp{-b} is ignored.
 
 When GNU extensions are enabled, the only way to avoid newline as a
 break character is to write all the break characters in the file with no
@@ -2446,7 +2661,7 @@ The file associated with this option contains a list of words which will
 never be taken as keywords in concordance output.  It is called the
 @dfn{Ignore file}.  The file contains exactly one word in each line; the
 end of line separation of words is not subject to the value of the
-@code{-S} option.
+@samp{-S} option.
 
 There is a default Ignore file used by @code{ptx} when this option is
 not specified, usually found in @file{/usr/local/lib/eign} if this has
@@ -2460,7 +2675,7 @@ The file associated with this option contains a list of words which will
 be retained in concordance output, any word not mentioned in this file
 is ignored.  The file is called the @dfn{Only file}.  The file contains
 exactly one word in each line; the end of line separation of words is
-not subject to the value of the @code{-S} option.
+not subject to the value of the @samp{-S} option.
 
 There is no default for the Only file.  In the case there are both an
 Only file and an Ignore file, a word will be subject to be a keyword
@@ -2473,12 +2688,12 @@ On each input line, the leading sequence of non white characters will be
 taken to be a reference that has the purpose of identifying this input
 line on the produced permuted index.  For more information about reference
 production, see @xref{Output formatting in ptx}.
-Using this option changes the default value for option @code{-S}.
+Using this option changes the default value for option @samp{-S}.
 
 Using this option, the program does not try very hard to remove
 references from contexts in output, but it succeeds in doing so
 @emph{when} the context ends exactly at the newline.  If option
-@code{-r} is used with @code{-S} default value, or when GNU extensions
+@samp{-r} is used with @samp{-S} default value, or when GNU extensions
 are disabled, this condition is always met and references are completely
 excluded from the output contexts.
 
@@ -2490,25 +2705,25 @@ line or the end of a sentence.  In fact, there is other distinction
 between end of lines or end of sentences than the effect of this regular
 expression, and input line boundaries have no special significance
 outside this option.  By default, when GNU extensions are enabled and if
-@code{-r} option is not used, end of sentences are used.  In this
+@samp{-r} option is not used, end of sentences are used.  In this
 case, the precise @var{regex} is imported from GNU emacs:
 
 @example
 [.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\|\t\\|  \\)[ \t\n]*
 @end example
 
-Whenever GNU extensions are disabled or if @code{-r} option is used, end
+Whenever GNU extensions are disabled or if @samp{-r} option is used, end
 of lines are used; in this case, the default @var{regexp} is just:
 
 @example
 \n
 @end example
 
-Using an empty REGEXP is equivalent to completely disabling end of line or end
-of sentence recognition.  In this case, the whole file is considered to
-be a single big line or sentence.  The user might want to disallow all
-truncation flag generation as well, through option @code{-F ""}.
-@xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
+Using an empty @var{regexp} is equivalent to completely disabling end of
+line or end of sentence recognition.  In this case, the whole file is
+considered to be a single big line or sentence.  The user might want to
+disallow all truncation flag generation as well, through option @samp{-F
+""}.  @xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
 Manual}.
 
 When the keywords happen to be near the beginning of the input line or
@@ -2530,11 +2745,11 @@ the corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.
 
 This option selects which regular expression will describe each keyword.
 By default, if GNU extensions are enabled, a word is a sequence of
-letters; the @var{regexp} used is @code{\w+}.  When GNU extensions are
+letters; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{\w+}.  When GNU extensions are
 disabled, a word is by default anything which ends with a space, a tab
-or a newline; the @var{regexp} used is @code{[^ \t\n]+}.
+or a newline; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{[^ \t\n]+}.
 
-An empty REGEXP is equivalent to not using this option, letting the
+An empty @var{regexp} is equivalent to not using this option, letting the
 default dive in.  @xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs,
 The GNU Emacs Manual}.
 
@@ -2548,15 +2763,15 @@ the corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.
 @node Output formatting in ptx
 @subsection Output formatting
 
-Output format is mainly controlled by @code{-O} and @code{-T} options,
-described in the table below.  When neither @code{-O} nor @code{-T} is
+Output format is mainly controlled by @samp{-O} and @samp{-T} options,
+described in the table below.  When neither @samp{-O} nor @samp{-T} is
 selected, and if GNU extensions are enabled, the program choose an
 output format suited for a dumb terminal.  Each keyword occurrence is
 output to the center of one line, surrounded by its left and right
 contexts.  Each field is properly justified, so the concordance output
 could readily be observed.  As a special feature, if automatic
-references are selected by option @code{-A} and are output before the
-left context, that is, if option @code{-R} is @emph{not} selected, then
+references are selected by option @samp{-A} and are output before the
+left context, that is, if option @samp{-R} is @emph{not} selected, then
 a colon is added after the reference; this nicely interfaces with GNU
 Emacs @code{next-error} processing.  In this default output format, each
 white space character, like newline and tab, is merely changed to
@@ -2567,7 +2782,7 @@ characters is transmitted verbatim.
 
 Output format is further controlled by the following options.
 
-@table @code
+@table @samp
 
 @item -g @var{number}
 @itemx --gap-size=@var{number}
@@ -2580,7 +2795,7 @@ line.
 
 Select the output maximum width of each final line.  If references are
 used, they are included or excluded from the output maximum width
-depending on the value of option @code{-R}.  If this option is not
+depending on the value of option @samp{-R}.  If this option is not
 selected, that is, when references are output before the left context,
 the output maximum width takes into account the maximum length of all
 references.  If this options is selected, that is, when references are
@@ -2594,22 +2809,22 @@ them.
 Select automatic references.  Each input line will have an automatic
 reference made up of the file name and the line ordinal, with a single
 colon between them.  However, the file name will be empty when standard
-input is being read.  If both @code{-A} and @code{-r} are selected, then
+input is being read.  If both @samp{-A} and @samp{-r} are selected, then
 the input reference is still read and skipped, but the automatic
 reference is used at output time, overriding the input reference.
 
 @item -R
 @itemx --right-side-refs
 
-In default output format, when option @code{-R} is not used, any
-reference produced by the effect of options @code{-r} or @code{-A} are
+In default output format, when option @samp{-R} is not used, any
+reference produced by the effect of options @samp{-r} or @samp{-A} are
 given to the far right of output lines, after the right context.  In
-default output format, when option @code{-R} is specified, references
+default output format, when option @samp{-R} is specified, references
 are rather given to the beginning of each output line, before the left
-context.  For any other output format, option @code{-R} is almost
+context.  For any other output format, option @samp{-R} is almost
 ignored, except for the fact that the width of references is @emph{not}
-taken into account in total output width given by @code{-w} whenever
-@code{-R} is selected.
+taken into account in total output width given by @samp{-w} whenever
+@samp{-R} is selected.
 
 This option is automatically selected whenever GNU extensions are
 disabled.
@@ -2620,15 +2835,15 @@ disabled.
 This option will request that any truncation in the output be reported
 using the string @var{string}.  Most output fields theoretically extend
 towards the beginning or the end of the current line, or current
-sentence, as selected with option @code{-S}.  But there is a maximum
-allowed output line width, changeable through option @code{-w}, which is
+sentence, as selected with option @samp{-S}.  But there is a maximum
+allowed output line width, changeable through option @samp{-w}, which is
 further divided into space for various output fields.  When a field has
 to be truncated because cannot extend until the beginning or the end of
 the current line to fit in the, then a truncation occurs.  By default,
-the string used is a single slash, as in @code{-F /}.
+the string used is a single slash, as in @samp{-F /}.
 
-@var{string} may have more than one character, as in @code{-F ...}.
-Also, in the particular case @var{string} is empty (@code{-F ""}),
+@var{string} may have more than one character, as in @samp{-F ...}.
+Also, in the particular case @var{string} is empty (@samp{-F ""}),
 truncation flagging is disabled, and no truncation marks are appended in
 this case.
 
@@ -2673,9 +2888,9 @@ line will look like:
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-so it will be possible to write write a @code{\xx} definition to take
-care of the output typesetting.  Note that when references are not being
-produced, that is, neither option @code{-A} nor option @code{-r} is
+so it will be possible to write a @code{\xx} definition to take care of
+the output typesetting.  Note that when references are not being
+produced, that is, neither option @samp{-A} nor option @samp{-r} is
 selected, the last parameter of each @code{\xx} call is inhibited.
 Option @samp{-M} might be used to change @samp{xx} to another macro
 name.
@@ -2734,10 +2949,10 @@ meaning when GNU extensions are enabled, as explained below.
 @item
 By default, concordance output is not formatted for @code{troff} or
 @code{nroff}.  It is rather formatted for a dumb terminal.  @code{troff}
-or @code{nroff} output may still be selected through option @code{-O}.
+or @code{nroff} output may still be selected through option @samp{-O}.
 
 @item
-Unless @code{-R} option is used, the maximum reference width is
+Unless @samp{-R} option is used, the maximum reference width is
 subtracted from the total output line width.  With GNU extensions
 disabled, width of references is not taken into account in the output
 line width computations.
@@ -2746,7 +2961,7 @@ line width computations.
 All 256 characters, even @kbd{NUL}s, are always read and processed from
 input file with no adverse effect, even if GNU extensions are disabled.
 However, System V @code{ptx} does not accept 8-bit characters, a few
-control characters are rejected, and the tilda @kbd{~} is condemned.
+control characters are rejected, and the tilde @kbd{~} is condemned.
 
 @item
 Input line length is only limited by available memory, even if GNU
@@ -2829,12 +3044,12 @@ take up 1 character.
 Print only the fields listed in @var{field-list}.  Fields are
 separated by a @key{TAB} by default.
 
-@item -d @var{delim}
-@itemx --delimiter=@var{delim}
+@item -d @var{input_delim_byte}
+@itemx --delimiter=@var{input_delim_byte}
 @opindex -d
 @opindex --delimiter
-For @samp{-f}, fields are separated by the first character in @var{delim}
-(default is @key{TAB}).
+For @samp{-f}, fields are separated in the input by the first character
+in @var{input_delim_byte} (default is @key{TAB}).
 
 @item -n
 @opindex -n
@@ -2847,6 +3062,12 @@ Do not split multi-byte characters (no-op for now).
 For @samp{-f}, do not print lines that do not contain the field separator
 character.
 
+@itemx --output-delimiter=@var{output_delim_string}
+@opindex --output-delimiter
+For @samp{-f}, output fields are separated by @var{output_delim_string}
+The default is to use the input delimiter.
+
+
 @end table
 
 
@@ -3305,7 +3526,7 @@ cat "$@@" \
 @subsection Warning messages
 
 @vindex POSIXLY_CORRECT
-Setting the environment variable @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} turns off the
+Setting the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} turns off the
 following warning and error messages, for strict compliance with
 @sc{POSIX.2}.  Otherwise, the following diagnostics are issued:
 
@@ -3950,9 +4171,9 @@ appropriate tool, build one.
 
 As of this writing, all the programs we've discussed are available via
 anonymous @code{ftp} from @code{prep.ai.mit.edu} as
-@file{/pub/gnu/textutils-1.9.tar.gz} directory.@footnote{Version 1.9 was
-current when this column was written. Check the nearest GNU archive for
-the current version.}
+@file{/pub/gnu/textutils-1.9.tar.gz}.@footnote{Version 1.9 was current
+when this column was written. Check the nearest GNU archive for the
+current version.  The main GNU FTP site is now @code{ftp.gnu.org}.}
 
 None of what I have presented in this column is new. The Software Tools
 philosophy was first introduced in the book @cite{Software Tools},

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
+.deps
 Makefile
 getdate.c
-safe-stat.h
-safe-stat.c
+getdate.tab.c
+lstat.c
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
-getdate.tab.c
-.deps
+safe-stat.c
+safe-stat.h
 stat.c
-lstat.c

lib/.gdb-history

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+r 206.65.212.10
+b main
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p addr
+p addr
+p he->h_name
+n
+q
+b canon_host 
+r 206.65.212.10
+n
+p he
+p *he
+n
+n
+p (he->h_addrtype)
+n
+q

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
 closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
+version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
 getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
 posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
-xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
 

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3b from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -49,6 +48,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
@@ -90,29 +91,21 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@
 
+
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
 
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
-addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
-closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.c getopt.c getopt1.c addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c full-write.c human.c idcache.c isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+
 
 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
-makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
-xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
 
@@ -133,12 +126,13 @@ addext$U.o argmatch$U.o backupfile$U.o basename$U.o closeout$U.o \
 dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o human$U.o \
 idcache$U.o isdir$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o modechange$U.o \
 hash$U.o path-concat$U.o quotearg$U.o safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
-savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xmalloc$U.o \
-xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
+savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o \
+xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
 AR = ar
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
 COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
 HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)
 
 DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in TODO alloca.c chown.c error.c \
@@ -146,41 +140,39 @@ error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
 getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lchown.c lstat.c \
 malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c \
 obstack.c obstack.h realloc.c regex.c rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c stat.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c \
-strtoul.c strverscmp.c utime.c ylwrap
+stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strncasecmp.c strndup.c \
+strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c strverscmp.c utime.c
 
 
 DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
+TAR = gtar
+GZIP_ENV = --best
 DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
 .deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/closeout.P \
 .deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/exclude.P \
 .deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
-.deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate .deps/getdate.P \
-.deps/getgroups.P .deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P \
-.deps/group-member.P .deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P \
-.deps/isdir.P .deps/lchown.P .deps/long-options.P .deps/lstat \
-.deps/lstat.P .deps/makepath.P .deps/malloc.P .deps/memcmp.P \
-.deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P .deps/mktime.P \
-.deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
+.deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P \
+.deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/group-member.P \
+.deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/lchown.P \
+.deps/long-options.P .deps/lstat.P .deps/makepath.P .deps/malloc.P \
+.deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P \
+.deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
 .deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/quotearg.P .deps/realloc.P \
 .deps/regex.P .deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P \
-.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat \
-.deps/stat.P .deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P \
-.deps/strftime.P .deps/stripslash.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P \
+.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat.P \
+.deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P \
+.deps/stripslash.P .deps/strncasecmp.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P \
 .deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P .deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P \
-.deps/utime.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P \
-.deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
+.deps/utime.P .deps/version-etc.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P \
+.deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
 SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
 OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 
-all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
-
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .S .c .o .s .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
@@ -232,153 +224,150 @@ libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
 	-rm -f libfu.a
 	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
-.y.c:
-	$(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
-	if test -f y.tab.h; then \
-	if cmp -s y.tab.h $*.h; then rm -f y.tab.h; else mv y.tab.h $*.h; fi; \
-	else :; fi
-getdate.h: getdate.c
-
 addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
 alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c
 argmatch_.c: argmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > argmatch_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > argmatch_.c
 backupfile_.c: backupfile.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > backupfile_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > backupfile_.c
 basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c
 chown_.c: chown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > chown_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > chown_.c
 closeout_.c: closeout.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > closeout_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > closeout_.c
 dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c
 error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c
 euidaccess_.c: euidaccess.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > euidaccess_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > euidaccess_.c
 exclude_.c: exclude.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > exclude_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > exclude_.c
 fileblocks_.c: fileblocks.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fileblocks_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fileblocks_.c
 filemode_.c: filemode.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > filemode_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > filemode_.c
 fnmatch_.c: fnmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fnmatch_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fnmatch_.c
 fsusage_.c: fsusage.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fsusage_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fsusage_.c
 ftruncate_.c: ftruncate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > ftruncate_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > ftruncate_.c
 full-write_.c: full-write.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > full-write_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > full-write_.c
 getdate_.c: getdate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getdate_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getdate_.c
 getgroups_.c: getgroups.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getgroups_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getgroups_.c
 getline_.c: getline.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getline_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getline_.c
 getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c
 getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c
 group-member_.c: group-member.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > group-member_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > group-member_.c
 hash_.c: hash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > hash_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > hash_.c
 human_.c: human.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > human_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > human_.c
 idcache_.c: idcache.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > idcache_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > idcache_.c
 isdir_.c: isdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > isdir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > isdir_.c
 lchown_.c: lchown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lchown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lchown.c; else echo lchown.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > lchown_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lchown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lchown.c; else echo lchown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lchown_.c
 long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
 lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
 makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
 malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c
 memcmp_.c: memcmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcmp_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcmp_.c
 memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
 memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
 mkdir_.c: mkdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mkdir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mkdir_.c
 mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mktime_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mktime_.c
 modechange_.c: modechange.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > modechange_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > modechange_.c
 mountlist_.c: mountlist.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mountlist_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mountlist_.c
 obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
 path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
 posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
 quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c
 realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
 regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
 rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
 rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
 rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rpmatch_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rpmatch_.c
 safe-read_.c: safe-read.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > safe-read_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > safe-read_.c
 save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
 savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
 stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
 stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c
 strcasecmp_.c: strcasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strcasecmp_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strcasecmp_.c
 strdup_.c: strdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strdup_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strdup_.c
 strftime_.c: strftime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strftime_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strftime_.c
 stripslash_.c: stripslash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stripslash_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stripslash_.c
+strncasecmp_.c: strncasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; else echo strncasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strncasecmp_.c
 strndup_.c: strndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strndup_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strndup_.c
 strstr_.c: strstr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strstr_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strstr_.c
 strtol_.c: strtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtol_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtol_.c
 strtoul_.c: strtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoul_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoul_.c
 strverscmp_.c: strverscmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strverscmp_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strverscmp_.c
 userspec_.c: userspec.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > userspec_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > userspec_.c
 utime_.c: utime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/utime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/utime.c; else echo utime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > utime_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/utime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/utime.c; else echo utime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > utime_.c
+version-etc_.c: version-etc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; else echo version-etc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > version-etc_.c
 xgetcwd_.c: xgetcwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xgetcwd_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xgetcwd_.c
 xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c
 xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c
 xstrtol_.c: xstrtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtol_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtol_.c
 xstrtoul_.c: xstrtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoul_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoul_.c
 yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
 addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o chown_.o \
 closeout_.o dirname_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o \
 filemode_.o fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
@@ -388,15 +377,27 @@ makepath_.o malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o \
 modechange_.o mountlist_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o posixtm_.o \
 quotearg_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o \
 safe-read_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o \
-strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o strtol_.o \
-strtoul_.o strverscmp_.o userspec_.o utime_.o xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o \
-xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
+strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o \
+strtol_.o strtoul_.o strverscmp_.o userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o \
+xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : \
+$(ANSI2KNR)
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
+	if test -f y.tab.h; then \
+	if cmp -s y.tab.h $*.h; then rm -f y.tab.h; else mv y.tab.h $*.h; fi; \
+	else :; fi
+getdate.h: getdate.c
+
 
 tags: TAGS
 
 ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
 	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP)
+	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP)
 
 TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
 	tags=; \
@@ -429,9 +430,13 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits lib/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
 
 DEPS_MAGIC := $(shell mkdir .deps > /dev/null 2>&1 || :)
@@ -443,37 +448,51 @@ mostlyclean-depend:
 clean-depend:
 
 distclean-depend:
+	-rm -rf .deps
 
 maintainer-clean-depend:
-	-rm -rf .deps
 
 %.o: %.c
 	@echo '$(COMPILE) -c $<'; \
-	$(COMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).P -c $<
+	$(COMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-cp .deps/$(*F).pp .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	rm .deps/$(*F).pp
 
 %.lo: %.c
 	@echo '$(LTCOMPILE) -c $<'; \
-	$(LTCOMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).p -c $<
-	@-sed -e 's/^\([^:]*\)\.o:/\1.lo \1.o:/' \
-	  < .deps/$(*F).p > .deps/$(*F).P
-	@-rm -f .deps/$(*F).p
-info:
-dvi:
-check: all
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-sed -e 's/^\([^:]*\)\.o[ 	]*:/\1.lo \1.o :/' \
+	  < .deps/$(*F).pp > .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	rm -f .deps/$(*F).pp
+info-am:
+info: info-am
+dvi-am:
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 
-install-data: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: 
+install-data-am:
+install-data: install-data-am
 
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am:
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
 
 
@@ -486,33 +505,43 @@ distclean-generic:
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "getdatehgetdatec$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f getdateh getdatec $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
+	-test -z "getdate.hgetdate.c$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f getdate.h getdate.c $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
 		mostlyclean-kr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend \
 		mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
-		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
 
-distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
-		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
+		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
+		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic \
+		clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-kr \
 		maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-depend \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
 .PHONY: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
 maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
 maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
 maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend \
-clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi installcheck install-exec \
-install-data install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info-am info dvi-am dvi check \
+check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
+install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
+all-redirect all-am all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
 distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
 mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 

lib/addext.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 
 #include <backupfile.h>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
-#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 /* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
    in which case just append the character E.  */
 
 void
-addext (filename, ext, e)
-     char *filename;
-     char const *ext;
-     int e;
+addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
 {
   char *s = base_name (filename);
   size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,36 +12,86 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
 
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <argmatch.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "argmatch.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
 
-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE escape_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
 {
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
   size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
   int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
   int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
@@ -49,19 +99,30 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
   arglen = strlen (arg);
 
   /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
     {
-      if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
 	{
-	  if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
 	    /* Exact match found.  */
 	    return i;
 	  else if (matchind == -1)
 	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
 	    matchind = i;
 	  else
-	    /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	    ambiguous = 1;
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
 	}
     }
   if (ambiguous)
@@ -70,16 +131,186 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
     return matchind;
 }
 
+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
 /* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
    VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
    PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
 
 void
-invalid_arg (const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  const char *fmt = (problem == -1
-		     ? "%s: invalid %s `%s'\n"
-		     : "%s: ambiguous %s `%s'\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, fmt, program_name, kind, value);
+  enum quoting_style saved_quoting_style;
+  char const *format;
+
+  /* Make sure to have a good quoting style to report errors.
+     literal is insane here. */
+  saved_quoting_style = get_quoting_style (NULL);
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE);
+
+  format = (problem == -1
+	    ? _("invalid argument `%s' for `%s'")
+	    : _("ambiguous argument `%s' for `%s'"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg (value), context);
+
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, saved_quoting_style);
 }
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -1,12 +1,129 @@
-/* argmatch.h -- declarations for matching arguments against option lists */
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) args
-#else
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) ()
-#endif
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-int argmatch __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char * const *));
-void invalid_arg __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char *, int));
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-extern char *program_name;
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((char const *) &(Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -64,6 +64,12 @@
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 # define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
@@ -214,29 +220,49 @@ version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)
 
 static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+  /* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaning full first, so
+     that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
+  "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
 };
 
 static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
 {
-  simple, simple, numbered_existing, numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+  none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
 };
 
-/* Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION.
-   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing.
+   If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
+   for the specified CONTEXT.  Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
 
 enum backup_type
-get_version (const char *version)
+get_version (const char *context, const char *version)
 {
-  int i;
-
   if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
     return numbered_existing;
-  i = argmatch (version, backup_args);
-  if (i < 0)
-    {
-      invalid_arg ("version control type", version, i);
-      exit (2);
-    }
-  return backup_types[i];
+  else
+    return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
+   If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
+   appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
+   Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+xget_version (const char *context, const char *version)
+{
+  if (version && *version)
+    return get_version (context, version);
+  else
+    return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
 }

lib/backupfile.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
 #  endif
 # endif
 
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
 char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
-enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *));
+enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+enum backup_type xget_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
 void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));
 
 #endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,16 +29,27 @@
 
 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
    since it has different meanings in different environments.
-   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */
 
 char *
 base_name (char const *name)
 {
   char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *p;
 
-  for (; *name; name++)
-    if (ISSLASH (*name))
-      base = name + 1;
+  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	base = p + 1;
+      else
+	all_slashes = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
+  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
+    --base;
 
   return (char *) base;
 }

lib/canon-host.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Host name canonicalization
 
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
 
@@ -43,11 +43,12 @@
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 #endif
 
+void free ();
+
 /* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
    buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
 char *
-canon_host (host)
-     char *host;
+canon_host (const char *host)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
   struct hostent *he = gethostbyname (host);
@@ -68,9 +69,23 @@ canon_host (host)
 	}
 
       if (addr && strcmp (he->h_name, addr) == 0)
-	/* gethostbyname() cheated!  Lookup the host name via the address
-	   this time to get the actual host name.  */
-	he = gethostbyaddr (he->h_addr, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	{
+	  /* gethostbyname has returned a string representation of the IP
+	     address, for example, "127.0.0.1".  So now, look up the host
+	     name via the address.  Although it may seem reasonable to look
+	     up the host name via the address, we must not pass `he->h_addr'
+	     directly to gethostbyaddr because on some systems he->h_addr
+	     is located in a static library buffer that is reused in the
+	     gethostbyaddr call.  Make a copy and use that instead.  */
+	  char *h_addr_copy = strdup (he->h_addr);
+	  if (h_addr_copy == NULL)
+	    he = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      he = gethostbyaddr (h_addr_copy, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	      free (h_addr_copy);
+	    }
+	}
 # endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR */
 
       if (he)
@@ -79,3 +94,17 @@ canon_host (host)
 #endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
   return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_CANON_HOST
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *s = canon_host (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%s: %s\n", argv[i], (s ? s : "<undef>"));
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST_CANON_HOST */

lib/closeout.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* closeout.c - close standard output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -42,7 +42,28 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
-/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.  */
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
+   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
+   stdout and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to stdout.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(stdout) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.
+
+   FIXME: note the fflush suggested above is implicit in the fclose
+   we actually do below.  Consider doing only the fflush and/or using
+   setvbuf to inhibit buffering.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {

lib/filemode.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@
 #if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
 # define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
 #endif
+#if !defined(S_ISDOOR) && defined(S_IFDOOR) /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
+#endif
 
 /* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
    flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
@@ -142,6 +145,7 @@ setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
 /* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
    file mode BITS:
    'd' for directories
+   'D' for doors
    'b' for block special files
    'c' for character special files
    'm' for multiplexor files
@@ -185,6 +189,10 @@ ftypelet (long int bits)
   if (S_ISNWK (bits))
     return 'n';
 #endif
+#ifdef S_ISDOOR
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+#endif
 
   /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
      Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a

lib/getdate.y

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
+# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -53,6 +53,14 @@
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
 
+#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#endif
+
 /* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
    That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
    to redefine it here.  */
@@ -471,7 +479,7 @@ static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
     { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
     { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
     { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 /* Time units table. */
@@ -486,7 +494,7 @@ static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
     { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
     { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
     { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 /* Assorted relative-time words. */
@@ -511,7 +519,7 @@ static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
     { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
     { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
     { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 /* The timezone table. */
@@ -596,7 +604,7 @@ static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
     { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
     { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
     { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
-    {  NULL  }
+    {  NULL, 0, 0  }
 };
 
 /* Military timezone table. */
@@ -626,7 +634,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
     { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
     { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
     { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 
@@ -635,7 +643,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static int
 yyerror (s)
-     char *s;
+     char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
 {
   return 0;
 }
@@ -898,12 +906,15 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
   yyInput = p;
   Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
   tmp = localtime (&Start);
+  if (!tmp)
+    return -1;
   yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
   yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
   yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
   yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
   yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
   yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
+  tm.tm_isdst = tmp->tm_isdst;
   yyMeridian = MER24;
   yyRelSeconds = 0;
   yyRelMinutes = 0;
@@ -939,7 +950,6 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
   tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
   tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
   tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
   tm0 = tm;
 
   Start = mktime (&tm);
@@ -986,7 +996,11 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
 
   if (yyHaveZone)
     {
-      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
+      long delta;
+      struct tm *gmt = gmtime (&Start);
+      if (!gmt)
+	return -1;
+      delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmt);
       if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
 	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
       Start += delta;

lib/getgroups.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,14 +25,11 @@ char *xmalloc ();
 
 /* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
    On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
-   process is returned.
-   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
-   provided function handle all others.  */
+   process.  This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others. */
 
 int
-getgroups (n, group)
-     size_t n;
-     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+getgroups (size_t n, GETGROUPS_T *group)
 {
   int n_groups;
   GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;

lib/getloadavg.c

@@ -98,8 +98,14 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(Category, Locale) /* empty */
+#endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
 
 /* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
    LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
@@ -638,8 +644,11 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
   if (count <= 0)
     return -1;
 
+  /* The following sscanf must use the C locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
   count = sscanf (ldavgbuf, "%lf %lf %lf",
 		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2]);
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "");
   if (count < 1)
     return -1;
 

lib/getopt.c

@@ -1,47 +1,42 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
    NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
    before changing it!
 
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
 #ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -55,11 +50,11 @@ USA.  */
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
@@ -70,32 +65,26 @@ USA.  */
 #ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
    contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */
 
 #ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
-/* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
    When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+# else
+#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
@@ -205,14 +194,22 @@ static char *posixly_correct;
    because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
    On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
    in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index	strchr
 #else
 
+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
 /* Avoid depending on library functions or files
    whose names are inconsistent.  */
 
-char *getenv ();
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
 
 static char *
 my_index (str, chr)
@@ -233,11 +230,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
    That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
 /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
    and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
 extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
 #endif /* __GNUC__ */
 
 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
@@ -264,8 +261,6 @@ static int nonoption_flags_len;
 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;
 
-extern pid_t __libc_pid;
-
 /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
    is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
    to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
@@ -278,7 +273,9 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
   original_argc = argc;
   original_argv = argv;
 }
+# ifdef text_set_element
 text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+# endif /* text_set_element */
 
 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
   if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
@@ -300,7 +297,7 @@ text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
    `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
    the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static void exchange (char **);
 #endif
 
@@ -331,9 +328,9 @@ exchange (argv)
 	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
       else
 	{
-	  memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	  memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0',
-		  top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
 	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
 	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
 	}
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 
 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
@@ -442,11 +439,8 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
 	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
 		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
 	      else
-		{
-		  memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len);
-		  memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0',
-			  nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
-		}
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
 	    }
 	}
       nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
@@ -538,11 +532,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
      is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
 #else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
 #endif
 
   if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
@@ -705,12 +699,12 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
 			/* --option */
 			fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], pfound->name);
 		      else
 			/* +option or -option */
 			fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
 		    }
 

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,28 +1,27 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -59,6 +58,7 @@ extern int opterr;
 
 extern int optopt;
 
+#ifndef __need_getopt
 /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
    The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
    of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ extern int optopt;
 
 struct option
 {
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
   const char *name;
-#else
+# else
   char *name;
-#endif
+# endif
   /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
      type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
   int has_arg;
@@ -96,40 +96,74 @@ struct option
 
 /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
 
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
    differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
    errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
 
 /* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
 extern int getopt_long ();
 extern int getopt_long_only ();
 
 extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
 #endif /* __STDC__ */
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 }
 #endif
 
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,25 +1,22 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -27,7 +24,7 @@ USA.  */
 
 #include "getopt.h"
 
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
 #ifndef const
@@ -46,7 +43,7 @@ USA.  */
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
 #include <gnu-versions.h>
 #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
 #define ELIDE_CODE

lib/getugroups.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,16 +41,27 @@ struct group *getgrent ();
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for
-   the current process. */
+/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for the current
+   process.  Store at most MAXCOUNT group IDs in the GROUPLIST array.
+   If GID is not -1, store it first (if possible).  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in /etc/groups.
+   Always return the number of groups of which USERNAME is a member.  */
 
 int
-getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username)
+getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username, gid_t gid)
 {
   struct group *grp;
   register char **cp;
   register int count = 0;
 
+  if (gid != -1)
+    {
+      if (maxcount != 0)
+	grouplist[count] = gid;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
   setgrent ();
   while ((grp = getgrent ()) != 0)
     for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)

lib/hash.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ char *malloc ();
 
 #include "hash.h"
 
-/* An hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
+/* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
    some user provided data (also called a user entry).  An entry indistinctly
    refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry.  A user
-   entry contents may be hashed by a randomisation function (the hashing
+   entry contents may be hashed by a randomization function (the hashing
    function, or just `hasher' for short) into a number (or `slot') between 0
    and the current table size.  At each slot position in the hash table,
    starts a linked chain of entries for which the user data all hash to this
@@ -66,32 +66,58 @@ char *malloc ();
    A good `hasher' function will distribute entries rather evenly in buckets.
    In the ideal case, the length of each bucket is roughly the number of
    entries divided by the table size.  Finding the slot for a data is usually
-   done at constant speed by the `hasher', and the later finding of a precise
+   done in constant time by the `hasher', and the later finding of a precise
    entry is linear in time with the size of the bucket.  Consequently, a
-   bigger hash table size (that is, a bigger number of buckets) is prone to
-   yielding shorter buckets, *given* the `hasher' function behaves properly.
+   larger hash table size (that is, a larger number of buckets) is prone to
+   yielding shorter chains, *given* the `hasher' function behaves properly.
 
    Long buckets slow down the lookup algorithm.  One might use big hash table
    sizes in hope to reduce the average length of buckets, but this might
    become inordinate, as unused slots in the hash table take some space.  The
    best bet is to make sure you are using a good `hasher' function (beware
-   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size at
-   least bigger than the actual number of entries.
+   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size
+   larger than the actual number of entries.  */
 
-   Currently, whenever the addition of an entry gets 80% of buckets to be
-   non-empty, this package automatically doubles the number of buckets.  */
+/* If an insertion makes the ratio of nonempty buckets to table size larger
+   than the growth threshold (a number between 0.0 and 1.0), then increase
+   the table size by multiplying by the growth factor (a number greater than
+   1.0).  The growth threshold defaults to 0.8, and the growth factor
+   defaults to 1.414, meaning that the table will have doubled its size
+   every second time 80% of the buckets get used.  */
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD 0.8
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR 1.414
+
+/* If a deletion empties a bucket and causes the ratio of used buckets to
+   table size to become smaller than the shrink threshold (a number between
+   0.0 and 1.0), then shrink the table by multiplying by the shrink factor (a
+   number greater than the shrink threshold but smaller than 1.0).  The shrink
+   threshold and factor default to 0.0 and 1.0, meaning that the table never
+   shrinks.  */
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD 0.0
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR 1.0
+
+/* Use this to initialize or reset a TUNING structure to
+   some sensible values. */
+static const Hash_tuning default_tuning =
+  {
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR,
+    false
+  };
 
 /* Information and lookup.  */
 
 /* The following few functions provide information about the overall hash
-   table organisation: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
+   table organization: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
    length of buckets.  */
 
 /* Return the number of buckets in the hash table.  The table size, the total
    number of buckets (used plus unused), or the maximum number of slots, are
    the same quantity.  */
 
-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)
 {
   return table->n_buckets;
@@ -99,7 +125,7 @@ hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)
 
 /* Return the number of slots in use (non-empty buckets).  */
 
-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)
 {
   return table->n_buckets_used;
@@ -107,26 +133,26 @@ hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)
 
 /* Return the number of active entries.  */
 
-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *table)
 {
   return table->n_entries;
 }
 
-/* Return the length of the most lenghty chain (bucket).  */
+/* Return the length of the longest chain (bucket).  */
 
-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
 {
   struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  unsigned int max_bucket_length = 0;
+  unsigned max_bucket_length = 0;
 
   for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
     {
       if (bucket->data)
 	{
 	  struct hash_entry *cursor = bucket;
-	  unsigned int bucket_length = 1;
+	  unsigned bucket_length = 1;
 
 	  while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor)
 	    bucket_length++;
@@ -139,15 +165,15 @@ hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
   return max_bucket_length;
 }
 
-/* Do a mild validation of an hash table, by traversing it and checking two
+/* Do a mild validation of a hash table, by traversing it and checking two
    statistics.  */
 
 bool
 hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
 {
   struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  unsigned int n_buckets_used = 0;
-  unsigned int n_entries = 0;
+  unsigned n_buckets_used = 0;
+  unsigned n_entries = 0;
 
   for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
     {
@@ -174,10 +200,10 @@ hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
 void
 hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
 {
-  unsigned int n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
-  unsigned int n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
-  unsigned int n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
-  unsigned int max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);
+  unsigned n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
+  unsigned n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
+  unsigned n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
+  unsigned max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);
 
   fprintf (stream, "# entries:         %u\n", n_entries);
   fprintf (stream, "# buckets:         %u\n", n_buckets);
@@ -186,8 +212,8 @@ hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
   fprintf (stream, "max bucket length: %u\n", max_bucket_length);
 }
 
-/* Return the user entry from the hash table, if some entry in the hash table
-   compares equally with ENTRY, or NULL otherwise. */
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the
+   entry from the table.  Otherwise, return NULL.  */
 
 void *
 hash_lookup (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
@@ -229,7 +255,7 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
     if (bucket->data)
       return bucket->data;
 
-  abort ();
+  assert (0);
 }
 
 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
@@ -263,11 +289,11 @@ hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
    return the number of pointers copied.  Do not copy more than BUFFER_SIZE
    pointers.  */
 
-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
-		  unsigned int buffer_size)
+		  unsigned buffer_size)
 {
-  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  unsigned counter = 0;
   struct hash_entry *bucket;
   struct hash_entry *cursor;
 
@@ -287,7 +313,7 @@ hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
   return counter;
 }
 
-/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of an hash table, and return the
+/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of a hash table, and return the
    number of entries for which the processor function returned success.  A
    pointer to some PROCESSOR_DATA which will be made available to each call to
    the processor function.  The PROCESSOR accepts two arguments: the first is
@@ -295,11 +321,11 @@ hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
    as received.  The walking continue for as long as the PROCESSOR function
    returns nonzero.  When it returns zero, the walking is interrupted.  */
 
-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
 		  void *processor_data)
 {
-  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  unsigned counter = 0;
   struct hash_entry *bucket;
   struct hash_entry *cursor;
 
@@ -332,8 +358,8 @@ hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
    algorithms tend to be domain-specific, so what's good for [diffutils'] io.c
    may not be good for your application."  */
 
-unsigned int
-hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
+unsigned
+hash_string (const char *string, unsigned n_buckets)
 {
 # ifndef CHAR_BIT
 #  define CHAR_BIT 8
@@ -360,8 +386,8 @@ hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
    very old Cyber `snoop', itself written in typical Greg Mansfield style.
    (By the way, what happened to this excellent man?  Is he still alive?)  */
 
-unsigned int
-hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
+unsigned
+hash_string (const char *string, unsigned n_buckets)
 {
   unsigned value = 0;
 
@@ -376,7 +402,7 @@ hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
 /* Return true if CANDIDATE is a prime number.  CANDIDATE should be an odd
    number at least equal to 11.  */
 
-static int
+static bool
 is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 {
   unsigned long divisor = 3;
@@ -393,12 +419,14 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 }
 
 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that
-   prime.  CANDIDATE should be at least equal to 10.  */
+   prime.  Primes lower than 10 are merely skipped.  */
 
 static unsigned long
 next_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 {
-  assert (candidate >= 10);
+  /* Skip small primes.  */
+  if (candidate < 10)
+    candidate = 10;
 
   /* Make it definitely odd.  */
   candidate |= 1;
@@ -409,33 +437,73 @@ next_prime (unsigned long candidate)
   return candidate;
 }
 
-/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL if an error is met.  The
-   initial number of buckets would be at least CANDIDATE (which need not be
-   prime).
+void
+hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning)
+{
+  *tuning = default_tuning;
+}
 
-   If DATA_FREER is not NULL, this function may be later called with the data
-   as an argument, just before they entry containing the data gets freed.  The
-   HASHER function should be supplied, and FIXME.  The COMPARATOR function
-   should also be supplied, and FIXME.  */
+/* For the given hash TABLE, check the user supplied tuning structure for
+   reasonable values, and return true if there is no gross error with it.
+   Otherwise, definitvely reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default in
+   the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying
+   tuning arguments), and return false.  */
 
-    /* User-supplied function for freeing datas.  It is specified in
-       hash_initialize.  If non-null, it is used by hash_free and hash_clear.
-       You should specify `free' here only if you want these functions to free
-       all of your `data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
-       simply an auxilliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
-       values.  */
+static bool
+check_tuning (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
 
-    /* User-supplied hash function that hashes entry ENTRY to an integer in
-       the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.  */
+  if (tuning->growth_threshold > 0.0
+      && tuning->growth_threshold < 1.0
+      && tuning->growth_factor > 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold >= 0.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold < 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_factor > tuning->shrink_threshold
+      && tuning->shrink_factor <= 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold < tuning->growth_threshold)
+    return true;
 
-    /* User-supplied function that determines whether a new entry is unique by
-       comparing the new entry to entries that hashed to the same bucket
-       index.  It should return zero for a pair of entries that compare equal,
-       non-zero otherwise.  */
+  table->tuning = &default_tuning;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure.  The
+   initial number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that
+   you may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth
+   of the hash table size occurs.  So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori
+   upper bound on the
+   number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you may save some
+   table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here.  If the
+   IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE argument
+   has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets.
+
+   TUNING points to a structure of user-supplied values, in case some fine
+   tuning is wanted over the default behavior of the hasher.  If TUNING is
+   NULL, the default tuning parameters are used instead.
+
+   The user-supplied HASHER function should be provided.  It accepts two
+   arguments ENTRY and TABLE_SIZE.  It computes, by hashing ENTRY contents, a
+   slot number for that entry which should be in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.
+   This slot number is then returned.
+
+   The user-supplied COMPARATOR function should be provided.  It accepts two
+   arguments pointing to user data, it then returns true for a pair of entries
+   that compare equal, or false otherwise.  This function is internally called
+   on entries which are already known to hash to the same bucket index.
+
+   The user-supplied DATA_FREER function, when not NULL, may be later called
+   with the user data as an argument, just before the entry containing the
+   data gets freed.  This happens from within `hash_free' or `hash_clear'.
+   You should specify this function only if you want these functions to free
+   all of your `data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
+   simply an auxiliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
+   values.  */
 
 Hash_table *
-hash_initialize (unsigned int candidate, Hash_hasher hasher,
-		 Hash_comparator comparator, Hash_data_freer data_freer)
+hash_initialize (unsigned candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning,
+		 Hash_hasher hasher, Hash_comparator comparator,
+		 Hash_data_freer data_freer)
 {
   Hash_table *table;
   struct hash_entry *bucket;
@@ -447,7 +515,24 @@ hash_initialize (unsigned int candidate, Hash_hasher hasher,
   if (table == NULL)
     return NULL;
 
-  table->n_buckets = next_prime (candidate < 10 ? 10 : candidate);
+  if (!tuning)
+    tuning = &default_tuning;
+  table->tuning = tuning;
+  if (!check_tuning (table))
+    {
+      /* Fail if the tuning options are invalid.  This is the only occasion
+	 when the user gets some feedback about it.  Once the table is created,
+	 if the user provides invalid tuning options, we silently revert to
+	 using the defaults, and ignore further request to change the tuning
+	 options.  */
+      free (table);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  table->n_buckets
+    = next_prime (tuning->is_n_buckets ? candidate
+		  : (unsigned) (candidate / tuning->growth_threshold));
+
   table->bucket = (struct hash_entry *)
     malloc (table->n_buckets * sizeof (struct hash_entry));
   if (table->bucket == NULL)
@@ -515,7 +600,7 @@ hash_clear (Hash_table *table)
   table->n_entries = 0;
 }
 
-/* Reclaim all storage associated with an hash table.  If a data_freer
+/* Reclaim all storage associated with a hash table.  If a data_freer
    function has been supplied by the user when the hash table was created,
    this function applies it to the data of each entry before freeing that
    entry.  */
@@ -682,21 +767,23 @@ hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
   return NULL;
 }
 
-/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets and make
-   it NEW_TABLE_SIZE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  */
+/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets through
+   specifying CANDIDATE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  The
+   new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that the
+   table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including
+   those already in the table, before any other growth of the hash table size
+   occurs.  If TUNING->IS_N_BUCKETS is true, then CANDIDATE specifies the
+   exact number of buckets desired.  */
 
 bool
-hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
+hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned candidate)
 {
   Hash_table *new_table;
   struct hash_entry *bucket;
   struct hash_entry *cursor;
   struct hash_entry *next;
 
-  if (table->n_buckets <= 0 || new_n_buckets == 0)
-    return false;
-
-  new_table = hash_initialize (new_n_buckets, table->hasher,
+  new_table = hash_initialize (candidate, table->tuning, table->hasher,
 			       table->comparator, table->data_freer);
   if (new_table == NULL)
     return false;
@@ -709,26 +796,23 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
   new_table->free_entry_list = table->free_entry_list;
 
   for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
-    {
-      if (bucket->data)
+    if (bucket->data)
+      for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = next)
 	{
-	  for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = next)
+	  void *data = cursor->data;
+	  struct hash_entry *new_bucket
+	    = (new_table->bucket
+	       + new_table->hasher (data, new_table->n_buckets));
+
+	  assert (new_bucket < new_table->bucket_limit);
+	  next = cursor->next;
+
+	  if (new_bucket->data)
 	    {
-	      void *data = cursor->data;
-	      struct hash_entry *new_bucket
-		= new_table->bucket + new_table->hasher (data, new_n_buckets);
-
-	      assert (new_bucket < new_table->bucket_limit);
-
-	      /* Free overflow entries as soon as possible, moving them from the
-		 old hash table into the new one, as they may be needed now.  */
-	      next = cursor->next;
-	      if (cursor != bucket)
-		free_entry (new_table, cursor);
-
-	      /* Insert the entry into the new hash table.  */
-	      if (new_bucket->data)
+	      if (cursor == bucket)
 		{
+		  /* Allocate or recycle an entry, when moving from a bucket
+		     header into a bucket overflow.  */
 		  struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (new_table);
 
 		  if (new_entry == NULL)
@@ -740,12 +824,24 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
 		}
 	      else
 		{
-		  new_bucket->data = data;
-		  new_table->n_buckets_used++;
+		  /* Merely relink an existing entry, when moving from a
+		     bucket overflow into a bucket overflow.  */
+		  cursor->next = new_bucket->next;
+		  new_bucket->next = cursor;
 		}
 	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Free an existing entry, when moving from a bucket
+		 overflow into a bucket header.  Also take care of the
+		 simple case of moving from a bucket header into a bucket
+		 header.  */
+	      new_bucket->data = data;
+	      new_table->n_buckets_used++;
+	      if (cursor != bucket)
+		free_entry (new_table, cursor);
+	    }
 	}
-    }
 
   free (table->bucket);
   table->bucket = new_table->bucket;
@@ -761,68 +857,74 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
   return true;
 }
 
-/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, don't modify the table
-   and return the matched entry.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return NULL.
-   *DONE is set to true in all cases, unless the storage required for
-   insertion cannot be allocated.  */
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the pointer
+   to the entry from the table.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return ENTRY.
+   Return NULL if the storage required for insertion cannot be allocated.  */
 
 void *
-hash_insert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry, bool *done)
+hash_insert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
 {
   void *data;
   struct hash_entry *bucket;
 
-  assert (entry);		/* cannot insert a NULL data */
+  assert (entry);		/* cannot insert a NULL entry */
 
-  if (data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false), data)
-    {
-      *done = true;
-      return data;
-    }
+  /* If there's a matching entry already in the table, return that.  */
+  if ((data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false)) != NULL)
+    return data;
 
   /* ENTRY is not matched, it should be inserted.  */
 
-  table->n_entries++;
-
   if (bucket->data)
     {
       struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (table);
 
       if (new_entry == NULL)
-	{
-	  *done = false;
-	  return NULL;
-	}
+	return NULL;
 
       /* Add ENTRY in the overflow of the bucket.  */
 
       new_entry->data = (void *) entry;
       new_entry->next = bucket->next;
       bucket->next = new_entry;
-      *done = true;
-      return NULL;
+      table->n_entries++;
+      return (void *) entry;
     }
 
   /* Add ENTRY right in the bucket head.  */
 
   bucket->data = (void *) entry;
+  table->n_entries++;
   table->n_buckets_used++;
 
-  /* If more than 80% of the buckets are in use, rehash the table two
-     times bigger.  It's no real use checking the number of entries, as if
-     the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not likely to
-     improve it.  */
+  /* If the growth threshold of the buckets in use has been reached, increase
+     the table size and rehash.  There's no point in checking the number of
+     entries:  if the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not
+     likely to improve it.  */
 
-  if (5 * table->n_buckets_used > 4 * table->n_buckets)
+  if (table->n_buckets_used
+      > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
     {
-      unsigned int new_n_buckets = next_prime (2 * table->n_buckets + 1);
+      /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+	 became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+      check_tuning (table);
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+	  > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	{
+	  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+	  unsigned candidate
+	    = (unsigned) (tuning->is_n_buckets
+			  ? (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor)
+			  : (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor
+			     * tuning->growth_threshold));
 
-      *done = hash_rehash (table, new_n_buckets);
-      return NULL;
+	  /* If the rehash fails, arrange to return NULL.  */
+	  if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate))
+	    entry = NULL;
+	}
     }
 
-  *done = true;
-  return NULL;
+  return (void *) entry;
 }
 
 /* If ENTRY is already in the table, remove it and return the just-deleted
@@ -838,9 +940,34 @@ hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
   if (data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true), !data)
     return NULL;
 
-  if (!bucket->data)
-    table->n_buckets_used--;
   table->n_entries--;
+  if (!bucket->data)
+    {
+      table->n_buckets_used--;
+
+      /* If the shrink threshold of the buckets in use has been reached,
+	 rehash into a smaller table.  */
+
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+	  < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	{
+	  /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+	     became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+	  check_tuning (table);
+	  if (table->n_buckets_used
+	      < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	    {
+	      const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+	      unsigned candidate
+		= (unsigned) (tuning->is_n_buckets
+			      ? table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+			      : (table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+				 * tuning->growth_threshold));
+
+	      hash_rehash (table, candidate);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
 
   return data;
 }

lib/hash.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-typedef unsigned int (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned int));
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
 typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
 typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
 typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
@@ -40,6 +40,20 @@ struct hash_entry
     struct hash_entry *next;
   };
 
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
 struct hash_table
   {
     /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
@@ -47,9 +61,12 @@ struct hash_table
        are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
     struct hash_entry *bucket;
     struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
-    unsigned int n_buckets;
-    unsigned int n_buckets_used;
-    unsigned int n_entries;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
 
     /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
        block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
@@ -74,10 +91,10 @@ struct hash_table
 typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
 
 /* Information and lookup.  */
-unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
 void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
@@ -85,19 +102,19 @@ void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
 /* Walking.  */
 void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
-unsigned int hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **,
-				       unsigned int));
-unsigned int hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor,
-				       void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
 
 /* Allocation and clean-up.  */
-unsigned int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned int));
-Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned int, Hash_hasher,
-				     Hash_comparator, Hash_data_freer));
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
 void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 
 /* Insertion and deletion.  */
-bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned int));
-void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *, bool *));
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
 void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));

lib/human.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* human.c -- print human readable file size
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
 
   if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
     *block_size = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
-  else if (0 <= (i = argmatch (spec, block_size_args)))
+  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
     *block_size = block_size_types[i];
   else
     {

lib/lchown.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ extern int errno;
 #endif
 #include "lchown.h"
 
+/* Declare chown to avoid a warning.  Don't include unistd.h,
+   because it may have a conflicting prototype for lchown.  */
+int chown ();
+
 /* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
    In that case, set errno to ENOSYS and return -1.  */
 

lib/long-options.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,6 +25,14 @@
 #include <getopt.h>
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "long-options.h"
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
 
 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
@@ -37,13 +45,13 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
    Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */
 
 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-     const char *command_name;
-     const char *package;
-     const char *version;
-     void (*usage)();
+parse_long_options (int argc,
+		    char **argv,
+		    const char *command_name,
+		    const char *package,
+		    const char *version,
+		    const char *authors,
+		    void (*usage_func)())
 {
   int c;
   int saved_opterr;
@@ -59,10 +67,10 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
       switch (c)
 	{
 	case 'h':
-	  (*usage) (0);
+	  (*usage_func) (0);
 
 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+	  version_etc (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
 	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
 			      should be settable via an arg.  */
 	  exit (0);

lib/long-options.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,7 +26,10 @@
 #endif
 
 void
-  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc,
+			      char **_argv,
 			      const char *_command_name,
 			      const char *_package,
-			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));
+			      const char *_version,
+			      const char *_authors,
+			      void (*_usage) (int)));

lib/makepath.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -81,6 +81,17 @@ extern int errno;
 
 #define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
 
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
 typedef int uid_t;
 typedef int gid_t;
@@ -99,9 +110,9 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 	 Restore working directory.  */			\
       if (do_chdir)					\
 	{						\
-	  int fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  int _fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
 	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
-	  if (fail)					\
+	  if (_fail)					\
 	    return 1;					\
 	}						\
     }							\
@@ -115,6 +126,56 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
     }							\
   while (0)
 
+/* Attempt to create directory DIR (aka DIRPATH) with the specified MODE.
+   If CREATED_DIR_P is non-NULL, set *CREATED_DIR_P to non-zero if this
+   function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
+   return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
+   exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
+   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+
+static int
+make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
+{
+  int fail = 0;
+  int created_dir;
+
+  created_dir = (mkdir (dir, mode) == 0);
+
+  if (!created_dir)
+    {
+      struct stat stats;
+
+      /* The mkdir and stat calls below may appear to be reversed.
+	 They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
+	 call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
+	 The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
+	 then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
+	 were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
+	 would fail with EEXIST.  */
+
+      if (stat (dir, &stats))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot create directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* DIR (aka DIRPATH) already exists and is a directory. */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (created_dir_p)
+    *created_dir_p = created_dir;
+
+  return fail;
+}
+
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
    Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
 
@@ -203,7 +264,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 
       while (1)
 	{
-	  int newly_created_dir = 1;
+	  int newly_created_dir;
+	  int fail;
 
 	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
 	  basename_dir = slash;
@@ -217,34 +279,12 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  if (!do_chdir)
 	    basename_dir = dirpath;
 
-	  /* The mkdir and stat calls below appear to be reversed.
-	     They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
-	     call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
-	     The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
-	     then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
-	     were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
-	     would fail with EEXIST.  */
-
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
+	  fail = make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, tmp_mode, &newly_created_dir);
+	  if (fail)
 	    {
-	      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats))
-		{
-		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* DIRPATH already exists and is a directory. */
-		  newly_created_dir = 0;
-		}
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
 	    }
 
 	  if (newly_created_dir)
@@ -280,7 +320,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
 	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to directory, %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"), dirpath);
 	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
@@ -299,12 +339,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
       /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */
 
-      /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
-	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
-
-      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats) && mkdir (basename_dir, mode))
+      if (make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, mode, NULL))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
 	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
@@ -323,13 +359,13 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chown %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chown %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
 	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chmod %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chmod %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -357,7 +393,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 
       if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
 	  return 1;
 	}
 

lib/mkdir.c

@@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ extern int errno;
 int
 mkdir (const char *dpath, int dmode)
 {
-  int cpid, status;
+  pid_t cpid;
+  int status;
   struct stat statbuf;
 
   if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
@@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ mkdir (const char *dpath, int dmode)
       while (wait (&status) != cpid)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
 
-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+      if (status)
 	{
 	  /* /bin/mkdir failed.  */
 	  errno = EIO;

lib/mktime.c

@@ -1,24 +1,22 @@
-/* mktime: convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value
-   Copyright (C) 1993-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
    Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
    mktime.  */
@@ -57,7 +55,7 @@
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
 #ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 #  define __P(args) args
 # else
 #  define __P(args) ()
@@ -109,14 +107,6 @@ const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
     { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
   };
 
-static struct tm *ranged_convert __P ((struct tm *(*) __P ((const time_t *,
-							    struct tm *)),
-				       time_t *, struct tm *));
-static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
-time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
-			       struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
-			       time_t *));
-
 
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define my_mktime_localtime_r __localtime_r
@@ -124,7 +114,6 @@ time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
 /* If we're a mktime substitute in a GNU program, then prefer
    localtime to localtime_r, since many localtime_r implementations
    are buggy.  */
-static struct tm *my_mktime_localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
 my_mktime_localtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
@@ -172,23 +161,6 @@ ydhms_tm_diff (int year, int yday, int hour, int min, int sec,
     }
 }
 
-
-static time_t localtime_offset;
-
-/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
-time_t
-mktime (struct tm *tp)
-{
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
-     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
-     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
-  __tzset ();
-#endif
-
-  return __mktime_internal (tp, my_mktime_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
-}
-
 /* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
    If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
    it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.  */
@@ -318,28 +290,32 @@ __mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
 
   /* If we have a match, check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested
      value, if any.  */
-  if (dt == 0 && 0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
+  if (dt == 0 && isdst != tm.tm_isdst && 0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
     {
-      int dst_diff = (isdst != 0) - (tm.tm_isdst != 0);
-      if (dst_diff)
+      /* tm.tm_isdst has the wrong value.  Look for a neighboring
+	 time with the right value, and use its UTC offset.
+	 Heuristic: probe the previous three calendar quarters (approximately),
+	 looking for the desired isdst.  This isn't perfect,
+	 but it's good enough in practice.  */
+      int quarter = 7889238; /* seconds per average 1/4 Gregorian year */
+      int i;
+
+      /* If we're too close to the time_t limit, look in future quarters.  */
+      if (t < TIME_T_MIN + 3 * quarter)
+	quarter = -quarter;
+
+      for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
 	{
-	  /* Move two hours in the direction indicated by the disagreement,
-	     probe some more, and switch to a new time if found.
-	     The largest known fallback due to daylight savings is two hours:
-	     once, in Newfoundland, 1988-10-30 02:00 -> 00:00.  */
-	  time_t ot = t - 2 * 60 * 60 * dst_diff;
-	  while (--remaining_probes != 0)
+	  time_t ot = t - i * quarter;
+	  struct tm otm;
+	  ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm);
+	  if (otm.tm_isdst == isdst)
 	    {
-	      struct tm otm;
-	      if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
-					 ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm))))
-		{
-		  t = ot;
-		  tm = otm;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      if ((ot += dt) == t)
-		break;  /* Avoid a redundant probe.  */
+	      /* We found the desired tm_isdst.
+		 Extrapolate back to the desired time.  */
+	      t = ot + ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &otm);
+	      ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm);
+	      break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
@@ -385,6 +361,24 @@ __mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
   return t;
 }
 
+
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
+time_t
+mktime (tp)
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, my_mktime_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+}
+
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
 #endif

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,42 @@ oatoi (const char *s)
   return i;
 }
 
+/* Create a mode_change entry with the specified `=ddd'-style
+   mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is `ddd'.  Return the
+   new entry, or NULL upon failure.  */
+
+static struct mode_change *
+make_node_op_equals (int new_mode)
+{
+  struct mode_change *p;
+  p = talloc (struct mode_change);
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return p;
+  p->next = NULL;
+  p->op = '=';
+  p->flags = 0;
+  p->value = new_mode;
+  p->affected = 07777;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Append entry E to the end of the link list with the specified
+   HEAD and TAIL.  */
+
+static void
+mode_append_entry (struct mode_change **head,
+		   struct mode_change **tail,
+		   struct mode_change *e)
+{
+  if (*head == NULL)
+    *head = *tail = e;
+  else
+    {
+      (*tail)->next = e;
+      *tail = e;
+    }
+}
+
 /* Return a linked list of file mode change operations created from
    MODE_STRING, an ASCII string that contains either an octal number
    specifying an absolute mode, or symbolic mode change operations with
@@ -89,41 +125,44 @@ struct mode_change *
 mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
   struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
-  struct mode_change *change;	/* An element of the linked list. */
+  struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
   int i;			/* General purpose temporary. */
   int umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
-  unsigned short affected_bits;	/* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
-  unsigned short affected_masked; /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
-  unsigned ops_to_mask;		/* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+
+  head = NULL;
+#ifdef lint
+  tail = NULL;
+#endif
 
   i = oatoi (mode_string);
   if (i >= 0)
     {
+      struct mode_change *p;
       if (i > 07777)
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-      if (head == NULL)
+      p = make_node_op_equals (i);
+      if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-      head->next = NULL;
-      head->op = '=';
-      head->flags = 0;
-      head->value = i;
-      head->affected = 07777;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
       return head;
     }
 
   umask_value = umask (0);
   umask (umask_value);		/* Restore the old value. */
-
-  head = NULL;
-#ifdef lint
-  change = NULL;
-#endif
   --mode_string;
 
   /* One loop iteration for each "ugoa...=+-rwxXstugo...[=+-rwxXstugo...]". */
   do
     {
+      /* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
+      unsigned short affected_bits = 0;
+      /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
+      unsigned short affected_masked;
+      /* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+      unsigned ops_to_mask = 0;
+
+      int who_specified_p;
+
       affected_bits = 0;
       ops_to_mask = 0;
       /* Turn on all the bits in `affected_bits' for each group given. */
@@ -149,37 +188,39 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
     no_more_affected:
       /* If none specified, affect all bits, except perhaps those
 	 set in the umask. */
-      if (affected_bits == 0)
+      if (affected_bits)
+	who_specified_p = 1;
+      else
 	{
+	  who_specified_p = 0;
 	  affected_bits = 07777;
 	  ops_to_mask = masked_ops;
 	}
 
       while (*mode_string == '=' || *mode_string == '+' || *mode_string == '-')
 	{
-	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
-	     are performed in the correct order. */
-	  if (head == NULL)
+	  struct mode_change *change = talloc (struct mode_change);
+	  if (change == NULL)
 	    {
-	      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (head == NULL)
-		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	      change = head;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      change->next = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (change->next == NULL)
-		{
-		  mode_free (change);
-		  return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-		}
-	      change = change->next;
+	      mode_free (head);
+	      return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
 	    }
 
 	  change->next = NULL;
 	  change->op = *mode_string;	/* One of "=+-". */
 	  affected_masked = affected_bits;
+
+	  /* Per the Single Unix Spec, if `who' is not specified and the
+	     `=' operator is used, then clear all the bits first.  */
+	  if (!who_specified_p &&
+	      ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS : 0))
+	    {
+	      struct mode_change *p = make_node_op_equals (0);
+	      if (p == NULL)
+		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
+	      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
+	    }
+
 	  if (ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS
 			     : *mode_string == '+' ? MODE_MASK_PLUS
 			     : MODE_MASK_MINUS))
@@ -188,6 +229,10 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 	  change->value = 0;
 	  change->flags = 0;
 
+	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
+	     are performed in the correct order. */
+	  mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, change);
+
 	  /* Set `value' according to the bits set in `affected_masked'. */
 	  for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
 	    switch (*mode_string)

lib/posixtm.c

@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ posix_time_parse (const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits)
   const char *dot = NULL;
   int pair[6];
   int *p;
-  int i;
+  unsigned int i;
 
   size_t s_len = strlen (s);
   size_t len = (((syntax_bits & PDS_SECONDS) && (dot = strchr (s, '.')))

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -71,7 +71,22 @@ struct quoting_options
 /* Names of quoting styles.  */
 char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
 {
-  "literal", "shell", "shell-always", "c", "escape", 0
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "escape",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondances to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style
 };
 
 /* The default quoting options.  */
@@ -151,7 +166,7 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
   switch (quoting_style)
     {
     case shell_quoting_style:
-      if (! (argsize == -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
+      if (! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
 	{
 	  switch (arg[0])
 	    {
@@ -162,7 +177,7 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 	      len = 0;
 	      for (i = 0; ; i++)
 		{
-		  if (argsize == -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
+		  if (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
 		    goto done;
 
 		  c = arg[i];
@@ -209,7 +224,7 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
   if (quote_mark)
     STORE (quote_mark);
 
-  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
     {
       c = arg[i];
 
@@ -243,11 +258,6 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 	    case '\t': c = 't'; goto store_escape;
 	    case '\v': c = 'v'; goto store_escape;
 
-	    case ' ':
-	      if (quoting_style == escape_quoting_style)
-		goto store_escape;
-	      break;
-
 	    case '"':
 	      if (quoting_style == c_quoting_style)
 		goto store_escape;
@@ -289,11 +299,13 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
    OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
    The returned value points to static storage that can be
    reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  */
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type `int'
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
 static char *
-quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, struct quoting_options *options)
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
+		    struct quoting_options const *options)
 {
-  static unsigned nslots;
+  static unsigned int nslots;
   static struct slotvec
     {
       size_t size;
@@ -328,7 +340,7 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, struct quoting_options *options)
 }
 
 char *
-quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
+quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
 {
   return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
 }

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,8 +33,9 @@ enum quoting_style
 # define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
 #endif
 
-/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
 extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
 
 struct quoting_options;
 
@@ -87,9 +88,9 @@ size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
    The returned value points to static storage that can be
    reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
    N must be nonnegative.  */
-char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *arg));
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
 
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (ARG, 0).  */
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
 char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
 
 /* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */

lib/readutmp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
+#include <stdio.h>
+
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
 # include <string.h>
@@ -29,6 +31,7 @@
 #include "readutmp.h"
 
 char *xmalloc ();
+char *realloc ();
 
 /* Copy UT->ut_name into storage obtained from malloc.  Then remove any
    trailing spaces from the copy, NUL terminate it, and return the copy.  */
@@ -49,70 +52,39 @@ extract_trimmed_name (const STRUCT_UTMP *ut)
   return trimmed_name;
 }
 
-/* Read the utmp file FILENAME into *UTMP_BUF, set *N_ENTRIES to the
-   number of entries read, and return zero.  If there is any error,
+/* Read the utmp entries corresponding to file FILENAME into freshly-
+   malloc'd storage, set *UTMP_BUF to that pointer, set *N_ENTRIES to
+   the number of entries, and return zero.  If there is any error,
    return non-zero and don't modify the parameters.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPNAME
+#if HAVE_UTMPNAME
 
 int
 read_utmp (const char *filename, int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf)
 {
-  int count_utmp = 0;
   int n_read;
   STRUCT_UTMP *u;
-  STRUCT_UTMP *uptr;
-  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp_contents;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp = NULL;
 
   if (utmpname (filename))
-    {
-      return 1;
-    }
+    return 1;
 
-  /* FIXME: going through the list twice is wasteful. */
-
-  /* count the entries in utmp */
-  setutent ();
-  while ((u = getutent ()) != NULL)
-    ++count_utmp;
-
-  if (count_utmp == 0)
-    return 0;
-
-  utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xmalloc (count_utmp * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
-
-  /* read the entries in utmp */
-
-  /* FIXME: can this fail? */
   setutent ();
 
   n_read = 0;
-  uptr = utmp_contents;
   while ((u = getutent ()) != NULL)
     {
       ++n_read;
-      if (n_read > count_utmp)
-	{
-	  STRUCT_UTMP *old_utmp_contents = utmp_contents;
-	  ++count_utmp;
-	  utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xrealloc (utmp_contents,
-						    (count_utmp
-						     * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP)));
-	  uptr = utmp_contents + (uptr - old_utmp_contents);
-	}
-      *uptr = *u;
-      ++uptr;
+      utmp = (STRUCT_UTMP *) realloc (utmp, n_read * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
+      if (utmp == NULL)
+	return 1;
+      utmp[n_read - 1] = *u;
     }
 
-  if (n_read != count_utmp)
-    utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xrealloc (utmp_contents,
-					      n_read * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
-
-  /* FIXME: can this fail? */
   endutent ();
 
   *n_entries = n_read;
-  *utmp_buf = utmp_contents;
+  *utmp_buf = utmp;
 
   return 0;
 }

lib/readutmp.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@
 #  endif
 # endif
 
-# include <stdio.h>
 # include <sys/types.h>
 
 # ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H

lib/regex.c

@@ -4,23 +4,20 @@
    internationalization features.)
    Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */
 #if defined _AIX && !defined REGEX_MALLOC
@@ -49,12 +46,11 @@
 # include <sys/types.h>
 #endif
 
-#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT \
-  defined _LIBC || (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
+#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
 
 /* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
    support user defined character classes.  */
-#if WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
 /* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
 # include <wchar.h>
 # include <wctype.h>
@@ -211,7 +207,7 @@ init_syntax_once ()
 #endif /* not emacs */
 
 /* Get the interface, including the syntax bits.  */
-#include "regex.h"
+#include <regex.h>
 
 /* isalpha etc. are used for the character classes.  */
 #include <ctype.h>
@@ -1722,7 +1718,7 @@ typedef struct
        } 								\
     }
 
-#if WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
 /* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
    and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
 # ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
@@ -2214,10 +2210,13 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
                     for (;;)
                       {
                         PATFETCH (c);
-                        if ((c == ':' && *p == ']') || p == pend
-                            || c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+                        if ((c == ':' && *p == ']') || p == pend)
                           break;
-                        str[c1++] = c;
+			if (c1 < CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
                       }
                     str[c1] = '\0';
 
@@ -2226,7 +2225,7 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
                        the leading `:' and `[' (but set bits for them).  */
                     if (c == ':' && *p == ']')
                       {
-#if WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
                         boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower");
                         boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper");
 			wctype_t wt;
@@ -2247,10 +2246,10 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
 # ifdef _LIBC
 			    if (__iswctype (__btowc (ch), wt))
 			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
-#else
+# else
 			    if (iswctype (btowc (ch), wt))
 			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
-#endif
+# endif
 
 			    if (translate && (is_upper || is_lower)
 				&& (ISUPPER (ch) || ISLOWER (ch)))
@@ -5574,7 +5573,8 @@ re_exec (s)
        REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
        RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
      `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
-     `fastmap' and `fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     `fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     `fastmap_accurate' to zero;
      `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.
 
    PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
@@ -5613,11 +5613,8 @@ regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
   preg->allocated = 0;
   preg->used = 0;
 
-  /* Don't bother to use a fastmap when searching.  This simplifies the
-     REG_NEWLINE case: if we used a fastmap, we'd have to put all the
-     characters after newlines into the fastmap.  This way, we just try
-     every character.  */
-  preg->fastmap = 0;
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = (char *) malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH);
 
   if (cflags & REG_ICASE)
     {
@@ -5657,6 +5654,19 @@ regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
      unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
   if (ret == REG_ERPAREN) ret = REG_EPAREN;
 
+  if (ret == REG_NOERROR && preg->fastmap)
+    {
+      /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+	 buffer.  */
+      if (re_compile_fastmap (preg) == -2)
+	{
+	  /* Some error occured while computing the fastmap, just forget
+	     about it.  */
+	  free (preg->fastmap);
+	  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
   return (int) ret;
 }
 #ifdef _LIBC
@@ -5705,10 +5715,10 @@ regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags)
   if (want_reg_info)
     {
       regs.num_regs = nmatch;
-      regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t);
-      regs.end = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t);
-      if (regs.start == NULL || regs.end == NULL)
+      regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch * 2, regoff_t);
+      if (regs.start == NULL)
         return (int) REG_NOMATCH;
+      regs.end = regs.start + nmatch;
     }
 
   /* Perform the searching operation.  */
@@ -5732,7 +5742,6 @@ regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags)
 
       /* If we needed the temporary register info, free the space now.  */
       free (regs.start);
-      free (regs.end);
     }
 
   /* We want zero return to mean success, unlike `re_search'.  */

lib/regex.h

@@ -1,25 +1,24 @@
 /* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
    expression library, version 0.12.
-   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _REGEX_H
 #define _REGEX_H 1
@@ -283,8 +282,8 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
    `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
 typedef enum
 {
-#if (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) == 500
-  REG_NOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+  REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
 #endif
 
   REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
@@ -442,15 +441,11 @@ typedef struct
 
 /* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
    You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
-extern reg_syntax_t __re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
 extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
 
 /* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
    and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
    BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
-extern const char *__re_compile_pattern
-  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
-             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 extern const char *re_compile_pattern
   _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
              struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
@@ -459,7 +454,6 @@ extern const char *re_compile_pattern
 /* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
    accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
    internal error.  */
-extern int __re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 
 
@@ -468,9 +462,6 @@ extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
    characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
    match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
    information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
-extern int __re_search
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
 extern int re_search
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
             int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
@@ -478,10 +469,6 @@ extern int re_search
 
 /* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
    STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
-extern int __re_search_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
 extern int re_search_2
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
              int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
@@ -490,19 +477,12 @@ extern int re_search_2
 
 /* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
    in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
-extern int __re_match
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
 extern int re_match
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
              int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
 
 
 /* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
-extern int __re_match_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
 extern int re_match_2
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
              int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
@@ -521,14 +501,11 @@ extern int re_match_2
    Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
    PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
    freeing the old data.  */
-extern void __re_set_registers
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
-             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 extern void re_set_registers
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
              unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 
-#ifdef _REGEX_RE_COMP
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
 # ifndef _CRAY
 /* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
 extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
@@ -537,24 +514,16 @@ extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 #endif
 
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int __regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
-				int __cflags));
 extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
 			      int __cflags));
 
-extern int __regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
-				const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
-				regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
 extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
 			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
 			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
 
-extern size_t __regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
-				    char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
 extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
 				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
 
-extern void __regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
 extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
 
 

lib/rename.c

@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ int
 rename (char *from, char *to)
 {
   struct stat from_stats, to_stats;
-  int pid, status;
 
   if (stat (from, &from_stats))
     return -1;
@@ -74,23 +73,27 @@ rename (char *from, char *to)
   if (S_ISDIR (from_stats.st_mode))
     {
       /* Need a setuid root process to link and unlink directories. */
-      pid = fork ();
+      int status;
+      pid_t pid = fork ();
       switch (pid)
 	{
 	case -1:		/* Error. */
-	  error (1, errno, "cannot fork");
+	  return -1;		/* errno already set */
 
 	case 0:			/* Child. */
 	  execl (MVDIR, "mvdir", from, to, (char *) 0);
-	  error (255, errno, "cannot run `%s'", MVDIR);
+	  _exit (1);
 
 	default:		/* Parent. */
 	  while (wait (&status) != pid)
 	    /* Do nothing. */ ;
 
-	  errno = 0;		/* mvdir printed the system error message. */
 	  if (status)
-	    return -1;
+	    {
+	      /* MVDIR failed.  */
+	      errno = EIO;
+	      return -1;
+	    }
 	}
     }
   else

lib/rmdir.c

@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ int
 rmdir (dpath)
      char *dpath;
 {
-  int cpid, status;
+  pid_t cpid;
+  int status;
   struct stat statbuf;
 
   if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) != 0)
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ rmdir (dpath)
       while (wait (&status) != cpid)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
 
-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+      if (status)
 	{
 
 	  /* /bin/rmdir failed.  */

lib/strcasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
+#else
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+}

lib/strncasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LENGTH_LIMIT
+#include "strcasecmp.c"

lib/strtod.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Convert NPTR to a double.  If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the
    character after the last one used in the number is put in *ENDPTR.  */
 double
-strtod (nptr, endptr)
-     const char *nptr;
-     char **endptr;
+strtod (const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 {
   register const char *s;
   short int sign;

lib/version-etc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Utility to help print --version output in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+void
+version_etc (FILE *stream,
+	     const char *command_name, const char *package,
+	     const char *version, const char *authors)
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+  fputs (_("\
+\n\
+Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+\n\
+"
+	   ), stream);
+  fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s.\n"), authors);
+}

lib/version-etc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#ifndef VERSION_ETC_H
+# define VERSION_ETC_H 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+void
+version_etc PARAMS ((FILE *stream,
+		    const char *command_name, const char *package,
+		    const char *version, const char *authors));
+
+#endif /* VERSION_ETC_H */

lib/xalloc.h

@@ -1,21 +1,52 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+# define XALLOC_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
 /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
+   It is initialized to EXIT_FAILURE, but the caller may set it to
+   some other value.  */
 extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
 
-/* FIXME: describe */
-extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
-
-/* FIXME: describe */
+/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
+   allocation failure.  It is initialized to zero. */
 extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
 
+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
+   message must be non-NULL.  It is translated via gettext.
+   The default value is "Memory exhausted".  */
+extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
+
 void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
 void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
 void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
+
+# define XMALLOC(Type, N_bytes) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_bytes)))
+# define XCALLOC(Type, N_bytes) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_bytes)))
+# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_bytes) \
+  ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_bytes)))
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,13 +46,6 @@ void free ();
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif
 
-/* Prototypes for functions defined here.  */
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-void *xmalloc (size_t n);
-void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
-void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t n);
-#endif
-
 #ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
 you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4
 #endif
@@ -65,24 +58,19 @@ you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4
    The caller may set it to some other value.  */
 int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
 
-/* FIXME: describe */
-char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted");
-
-/* FIXME: describe */
+/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
 void (*xalloc_fail_func) () = 0;
 
-#if __STDC__ && (HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT)
-void error (int, int, const char *, ...);
-#else
-void error ();
-#endif
+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
+   before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
+char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted");
 
 static void
 xalloc_fail (void)
 {
   if (xalloc_fail_func)
     (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
-  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted);
+  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, "%s", xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted);
 }
 
 /* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
@@ -111,8 +99,6 @@ xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
   return p;
 }
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */
 
 void *
@@ -125,5 +111,3 @@ xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
     xalloc_fail ();
   return p;
 }
-
-#endif /* NOT_USED */

lib/ylwrap

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations.
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Usage:
-#     ylwrap PROGRAM INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- [ARGS]...
-# * PROGRAM is program to run.
-# * INPUT is the input file
-# * OUTPUT is file PROG generates
-# * DESIRED is file we actually want
-# * ARGS are passed to PROG
-# Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used.
-
-# The program to run.
-prog="$1"
-shift
-
-# The input.
-input="$1"
-shift
-case "$input" in
- /*)
-    # Absolute path; do nothing.
-    ;;
- *)
-    # Relative path.  Make it absolute.  Why?  Because otherwise any
-    # debugging info in the generated file will point to the wrong
-    # place.  This is really gross.
-    input="`pwd`/$input"
-    ;;
-esac
-
-pairlist=
-while test "$#" -ne 0; do
-   if test "$1" = "--"; then
-      break
-   fi
-   pairlist="$pairlist $1"
-   shift
-done
-
-# FIXME: add hostname here for parallel makes that run commands on
-# other machines.  But that might take us over the 14-char limit.
-dirname=ylwrap$$
-trap "cd `pwd`; rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
-mkdir $dirname || exit 1
-
-cd $dirname
-$prog ${1+"$@"} "$input"
-status=$?
-
-if test $status -eq 0; then
-   set X $pairlist
-   shift
-   first=yes
-   while test "$#" -ne 0; do
-      if test -f "$1"; then
-         # If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that,
-         # otherwise prepend `../'.
-         case "$2" in
-	   /*) target="$2";;
-	   *) target="../$2";;
-	 esac
-	 mv "$1" "$target" || status=$?
-      else
-	 # A missing file is only an error for the first file.  This
-	 # is a blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d".  If -d
-	 # is not specified, we don't want an error when the header
-	 # file is "missing".
-	 if test $first = yes; then
-	    status=1
-	 fi
-      fi
-      shift
-      shift
-      first=no
-   done
-else
-   status=$?
-fi
-
-# Remove the directory.
-cd ..
-rm -rf $dirname
-
-exit $status

m4/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,156 @@
+1999-03-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): New macro, contains the
+	superset of the AC_TYPE_* checks in the textutils, fileutils,
+	and sh-utils, plus AC_TYPE_PID_T.  Paul Eggert suggested adding
+	AC_TYPE_PID_T.
+
+1999-03-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Define GNU_PACKAGE here.
+	Be sure to AC_SUBST it, once again, so that @GNU_PACKAGE@ is
+	replaced e.g., in the *.sh files of the sh-utils.
+
+1999-03-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: s/jm_WITH_REGEX/jm_INCLUDED_REGEX/.
+	* regex.m4 (jm_INCLUDED_REGEX): Rename from jm_WITH_REGEX.
+	Don't depend on AM_GLIBC.  Suggestions from Alain Magloire.
+
+1999-03-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-winsz1.m4 (jm_WINSIZE_IN_PTEM): New macro.
+
+1999-03-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Use AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED.
+
+1999-03-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-glibc-io.m4: Use only those *_unlocked macros that are declared.
+
+1999-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* gettext.m4 (AM_GNU_GETTEXT): Do `changequote' around use of brackets
+	in macro definition.  From Eli Zaretskii and Alain Magloire.
+
+1999-02-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* group-member.m4: New file -- extracted from sh-utils' configure.in.
+
+	1999-02-05  Eli Zaretskii  <eliz@is.elta.co.il>
+	* m4/gettext.m4: Support DOS-style d:/foo/bar absolute file names.
+
+1999-02-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* chown.m4: Use `AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)' since we set LIBOBJS.
+	* fnmatch.m4: Likewise.
+	* getgroups.m4: Likewise.
+	* lstat.m4: Likewise.
+	* malloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* putenv.m4: Likewise.
+	* realloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* regex.m4: Likewise.
+	* stat.m4: Likewise.
+	* strftime.m4: Likewise.
+	Suggestion from Alain Magloire.
+
+	* chown.m4: Use `.$ac_objext', not `.o'.
+	* fnmatch.m4: Likewise.
+	* getgroups.m4: Likewise.
+	* getline.m4: Likewise.
+	* lstat.m4: Likewise.
+	* malloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* memcmp.m4: Likewise.
+	* putenv.m4: Likewise.
+	* realloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* regex.m4: Likewise.
+	* stat.m4: Likewise.
+	* strftime.m4: Likewise.
+	Suggestion from Alain Magloire.
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Actually invoke jm_WITH_REGEX now that it requires
+	an argument.
+
+	* regex.m4: Add a run-time Test for proper operation of
+	re_compile_pattern.
+
+1999-01-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4: Check for locale.h and the function, setlocale.
+
+1999-01-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* check-type.m4: Use 3-arg form of AC_DEFINE.
+
+	* jm-mktime.m4: Make this a wrapper around the official AM_FUNC_MKTIME
+	rather than my private copy, now that the official one is up to date.
+	* mktime.m4: Remove file.
+
+	* getloadavg.m4: Use 3-arg form of AC_DEFINE.
+	* uptime.m4: Likewise.
+	* uintmax_t.m4: Likewise.
+
+1999-01-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Use jm_AFS.
+	* afs.m4: New file (from fileutils' configure.in).
+
+	* assert.m4: Use the 3-argument forms of AC_DEFINE* macros.
+	* chown.m4: Likewise.
+	* d-ino.m4: Likewise.
+	* d-type.m4: Likewise.
+	* fnmatch.m4: Likewise.
+	* getgroups.m4: Likewise.
+	* gettext.m4: Likewise.
+	* jm-mktime.m4: Likewise.
+	* jm-winsz2.m4: Likewise.
+	* lcmessage.m4: Likewise.
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4: Likewise.
+	* malloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* memcmp.m4: Likewise.
+	* putenv.m4: Likewise.
+	* realloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* st_mtim.m4: Likewise.
+	* strftime.m4: Likewise.
+
+1999-01-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (ARGMATCH_DIE): Define.
+	(ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL): Define.
+
+1999-01-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am.in: Rewrite to avoid using fmt.
+	Reported by Lars Hecking.
+
+1999-01-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* fstypename.m4: Use the new 3-arg form of AC_DEFINE instead of my
+	gross kludge.
+	* inttypes_h.m4: Likewise.
+	* lstat.m4: Likewise.
+	* malloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* readdir.m4: Likewise.
+	* realloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* st_dm_mode.m4: Likewise.
+	* stat.m4: Likewise.
+	* utimbuf.m4: Likewise.
+	* utimes.m4: Likewise.
+
+	* check-decl.m4: Use the new 3-arg form of AC_DEFINE instead of the
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS hack.  Now, it's still a hack, but at least the
+	comments in config.h.in are meaningful.
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Require autoconf-2.13 here.
+
+	* regex.m4: By default, don't use the included regex.c on systems
+	with glibc 2.  Suggestion from Uli Drepper.
+
+1999-01-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Replace strcasecmp and strncasecmp.
+
 1998-12-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
 
 	* Makefile.am.in (Makefile.am): Simplify rule.

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -1,22 +1,62 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
 
 ##m4-files-begin
-EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in assert.m4 check-decl.m4 check-type.m4 \
-chown.m4 const.m4 d-ino.m4 d-type.m4 decl.m4 error.m4 fnmatch.m4 \
-fstypename.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 gettext.m4 glibc.m4 \
-inttypes_h.m4 isc-posix.m4 jm-glibc-io.m4 jm-macros.m4 jm-mktime.m4 \
-jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 lchown.m4 lcmessage.m4 lfs.m4 ls-mntd-fs.m4 \
-lstat.m4 malloc.m4 memcmp.m4 mktime.m4 perl.m4 prereq.m4 progtest.m4 \
-putenv.m4 readdir.m4 realloc.m4 regex.m4 st_dm_mode.m4 st_mtim.m4 stat.m4 \
-strftime.m4 uintmax_t.m4 uptime.m4 utimbuf.m4 utime.m4 utimes.m4
-
+EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in \
+afs.m4 \
+assert.m4 \
+check-decl.m4 \
+check-type.m4 \
+chown.m4 \
+const.m4 \
+d-ino.m4 \
+d-type.m4 \
+decl.m4 \
+error.m4 \
+fnmatch.m4 \
+fstypename.m4 \
+getgroups.m4 \
+getline.m4 \
+getloadavg.m4 \
+gettext.m4 \
+glibc.m4 \
+group-member.m4 \
+inttypes_h.m4 \
+isc-posix.m4 \
+jm-glibc-io.m4 \
+jm-macros.m4 \
+jm-mktime.m4 \
+jm-winsz1.m4 \
+jm-winsz2.m4 \
+lchown.m4 \
+lcmessage.m4 \
+lfs.m4 \
+ls-mntd-fs.m4 \
+lstat.m4 \
+malloc.m4 \
+memcmp.m4 \
+perl.m4 \
+prereq.m4 \
+progtest.m4 \
+putenv.m4 \
+readdir.m4 \
+realloc.m4 \
+regex.m4 \
+st_dm_mode.m4 \
+st_mtim.m4 \
+stat.m4 \
+strftime.m4 \
+uintmax_t.m4 \
+uptime.m4 \
+utimbuf.m4 \
+utime.m4 \
+utimes.m4
 ##m4-files-end
 
 Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
 	rm -f $@ $@t
 	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
-	echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in *.m4 \
-	  |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	( (echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in | tr '\012' @); \
+	  (echo *.m4|tr ' ' @) ) \
 	  |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
 	  >> $@t
 	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t

m4/Makefile.am.in

@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
 Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
 	rm -f $@ $@t
 	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
-	echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in *.m4 \
-	  |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	( (echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in | tr '\012' @); \
+	  (echo *.m4|tr ' ' @) ) \
 	  |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
 	  >> $@t
 	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3b from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -49,6 +48,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -62,10 +62,11 @@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
 CPP = @CPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
-DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
@@ -73,16 +74,24 @@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+KMEM_GROUP = @KMEM_GROUP@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIB_CRYPT = @LIB_CRYPT@
 MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MAN = @MAN@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+NEED_SETGID = @NEED_SETGID@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS@
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 PERL = @PERL@
 POFILES = @POFILES@
 POSUB = @POSUB@
+POW_LIBM = @POW_LIBM@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SEQ_LIBM = @SEQ_LIBM@
+SQRT_LIBM = @SQRT_LIBM@
 U = @U@
 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
 USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
@@ -90,14 +99,9 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@
 
-EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in assert.m4 check-decl.m4 check-type.m4 \
-chown.m4 const.m4 d-ino.m4 d-type.m4 decl.m4 error.m4 fnmatch.m4 \
-fstypename.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 gettext.m4 glibc.m4 \
-inttypes_h.m4 isc-posix.m4 jm-glibc-io.m4 jm-macros.m4 jm-mktime.m4 \
-jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 lchown.m4 lcmessage.m4 lfs.m4 ls-mntd-fs.m4 \
-lstat.m4 malloc.m4 memcmp.m4 mktime.m4 perl.m4 prereq.m4 progtest.m4 \
-putenv.m4 readdir.m4 realloc.m4 regex.m4 st_dm_mode.m4 st_mtim.m4 stat.m4 \
-strftime.m4 uintmax_t.m4 uptime.m4 utimbuf.m4 utime.m4 utimes.m4
+
+EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in afs.m4 assert.m4 check-decl.m4 check-type.m4 chown.m4 const.m4 d-ino.m4 d-type.m4 decl.m4 error.m4 fnmatch.m4 fstypename.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 gettext.m4 glibc.m4 group-member.m4 inttypes_h.m4 isc-posix.m4 jm-glibc-io.m4 jm-macros.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 lchown.m4 lcmessage.m4 lfs.m4 ls-mntd-fs.m4 lstat.m4 malloc.m4 memcmp.m4 perl.m4 prereq.m4 progtest.m4 putenv.m4 readdir.m4 realloc.m4 regex.m4 st_dm_mode.m4 st_mtim.m4 stat.m4 strftime.m4 uintmax_t.m4 uptime.m4 utimbuf.m4 utime.m4 utimes.m4
+
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
@@ -106,12 +110,11 @@ DIST_COMMON =  README ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in
 
 DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-all: Makefile
-
+TAR = gtar
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits m4/Makefile
 
 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
@@ -134,27 +137,37 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits m4/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
-info:
-dvi:
-check: all
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+info-am:
+info: info-am
+dvi-am:
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 
-install-data: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: 
+install-data-am:
+install-data: install-data-am
 
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am:
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
 
 
@@ -167,28 +180,37 @@ distclean-generic:
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-generic
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
 
-distclean:  distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
-.PHONY: tags distdir info dvi installcheck install-exec install-data \
-install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
-clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
-maintainer-clean
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+.PHONY: tags distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \
+installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
+install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
+all-redirect all-am all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 
 Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
 	rm -f $@ $@t
 	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
-	echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in *.m4 \
-	  |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	( (echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in | tr '\012' @); \
+	  (echo *.m4|tr ' ' @) ) \
 	  |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
 	  >> $@t
 	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t

m4/afs.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_AFS,
+  AC_CHECKING(for AFS)
+  test -d /afs \
+    && AC_DEFINE(AFS, 1, [Define if you have the Andrew File System.])
+)

m4/assert.m4

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 dnl based on code from Eleftherios Gkioulekas
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_ASSERT,
 [
   AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to enable assertions)
   AC_ARG_ENABLE(assert,
-                [  --disable-assert        turn off assertions],
-                [ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-		  AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG) ],
-                [ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) ]
+	[  --disable-assert        turn off assertions],
+	[ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	  AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG,1,[Define to 1 if assertions should be disabled.]) ],
+	[ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) ]
                )
 ])

m4/check-decl.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 4
+#serial 5
 
 dnl This is just a wrapper function to encapsulate this kludge.
 dnl Putting it in a separate file like this helps share it between
@@ -24,15 +24,22 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLS,
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 '
+
   if test x = y; then
     dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
     dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put entries
     dnl for each of these symbols in the config.h.in.
     dnl Otherwise, I'd have to update acconfig.h every time I change
     dnl this list of functions.
-    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DECL_FREE DECL_LSEEK DECL_MALLOC DECL_MEMCHR DECL_REALLOC \
-		   DECL_STPCPY DECL_STRSTR)
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECL_FREE, 1, [Define if this function is declared.])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECL_LSEEK, 1, [Define if this function is declared.])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECL_MALLOC, 1, [Define if this function is declared.])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR, 1, [Define if this function is declared.])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECL_REALLOC, 1, [Define if this function is declared.])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECL_STPCPY, 1, [Define if this function is declared.])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECL_STRSTR, 1, [Define if this function is declared.])
   fi
+
   jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS($headers, free lseek malloc \
                         memchr realloc stpcpy strstr)
 ])

m4/check-type.m4

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl Just like AC_CHECK_TYPE from autoconf-2.12, but also checks in unistd.h
 dnl on systems that have it.  Fujitsu UXP/V needs this for ssize_t.
+dnl Now, also uses the three-argument form of AC_DEFINE.
 
 undefine([AC_CHECK_TYPE])
 dnl AC_CHECK_TYPE(TYPE, DEFAULT)
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ changequote([,]), [#include <sys/types.h>
 #endif], ac_cv_type_$1=yes, ac_cv_type_$1=no)])dnl
 AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_type_$1)
 if test $ac_cv_type_$1 = no; then
-  AC_DEFINE($1, $2)
+  AC_DEFINE($1, $2,
+    [  Define to \`$2' if certain system header files doesn't define it.])
 fi
 ])

m4/chown.m4

@@ -1,14 +1,9 @@
-#serial 3
+#serial 4
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl Determine whether chown accepts arguments of -1 for uid and gid.
 dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
 dnl
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl  /* Define to rpl_chown if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl  #undef chown
-dnl
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_CHOWN,
 [AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UID_T])dnl
@@ -47,7 +42,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_CHOWN,
 	     jm_cv_func_working_chown=no)
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_func_working_chown = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS chown.o"
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(chown, rpl_chown)
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS chown.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(chown, rpl_chown,
+      [Define to rpl_chown if the replacement function should be used.])
   fi
 ])

m4/d-ino.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
@@ -34,7 +34,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO,
      ]
    )
    if test $jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino = yes; then
-     AC_DEFINE(D_INO_IN_DIRENT)
+     AC_DEFINE(D_INO_IN_DIRENT, 1,
+  [Define if there is a member named d_ino in the struct describing
+   directory headers.])
    fi
   ]
 )

m4/d-type.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
@@ -34,7 +34,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE,
      ]
    )
    if test $jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_type = yes; then
-     AC_DEFINE(D_TYPE_IN_DIRENT)
+     AC_DEFINE(D_TYPE_IN_DIRENT, 1,
+  [Define if there is a member named d_type in the struct describing
+   directory headers.])
    fi
   ]
 )

m4/fnmatch.m4

@@ -1,13 +1,8 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl Determine whether to add fnmatch.o to LIBOBJS and to
 dnl define fnmatch to rpl_fnmatch.
 dnl
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl  /* Define to rpl_fnmatch if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl  #undef fnmatch
-dnl
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_FNMATCH,
 [
@@ -15,7 +10,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_FNMATCH,
   AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
   if test $ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works = no \
       && test $ac_cv_gnu_library = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(fnmatch, rpl_fnmatch)
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(fnmatch, rpl_fnmatch,
+      [Define to rpl_fnmatch if the replacement function should be used.])
   fi
 ])

m4/fstypename.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
@@ -25,18 +25,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FSTYPENAME,
     )
 
     if test $fu_cv_sys_f_fstypename_in_statfs = yes; then
-      if test x = y; then
-	# This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-	# FIXME: this is a hack to make autoheader put the corresponding
-	# HAVE_* undef for this symbol in config.h.in.  This saves me the
-	# trouble of having to maintain the #undef in acconfig.h manually.
-	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS)
-      fi
-      # Defining it this way (rather than via AC_DEFINE) short-circuits the
-      # autoheader check -- autoheader doesn't know it's already been taken
-      # care of by the hack above.
-      ac_kludge=HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
-      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS, 1,
+			 [Define if struct statfs has the f_fstypename member.])
     fi
   ]
 )

m4/getgroups.m4

@@ -1,10 +1,6 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl  /* Define to rpl_getgroups if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl  #undef getgroups
 dnl
 dnl Invoking code should check $GETGROUPS_LIB something like this:
 dnl  jm_FUNC_GETGROUPS
@@ -42,8 +38,10 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_GETGROUPS,
 	       jm_cv_func_working_getgroups=no)
     ])
     if test $jm_cv_func_working_getgroups = no; then
-      LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getgroups.o"
-      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(getgroups, rpl_getgroups)
+      AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+      LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getgroups.$ac_objext"
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(getgroups, rpl_getgroups,
+	[Define as rpl_getgroups if getgroups doesn't work right.])
     fi
   fi
 ])

m4/getline.m4

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_GETLINE,
   fi
 
   if test $am_cv_func_working_getline = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getline.o"
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getline.$ac_objext"
     AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
   fi
 ])

m4/getloadavg.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 3
+#serial 4
 
 AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_GETLOADAVG,
 [ac_have_func=no # yes means we've found a way to get the load average.
@@ -40,13 +40,16 @@ if test $ac_cv_func_getloadavg = yes; then
   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETLOADAVG)
   ac_have_func=yes
 else
-  AC_DEFINE(C_GETLOADAVG)
+  AC_DEFINE(C_GETLOADAVG, 1, [Define if using getloadavg.c.])
   # Figure out what our getloadavg.c needs.
   ac_have_func=no
   AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/dg_sys_info.h,
   [ac_have_func=yes; AC_DEFINE(DGUX)
   AC_CHECK_LIB(dgc, dg_sys_info)])
 
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(locale.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
+
   # We cannot check for <dwarf.h>, because Solaris 2 does not use dwarf (it
   # uses stabs), but it is still SVR4.  We cannot check for <elf.h> because
   # Irix 4.0.5F has the header but not the library.

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@
 # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
 # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
 
-# serial 105
+# serial 106
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)               dnl Minimum Autoconf version required.
 
 AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
   [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
@@ -21,7 +23,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
 
     dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
     if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, [Define to 1 if NLS is requested.])
       AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
       AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
         [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
@@ -61,7 +63,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
 
 	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
 	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
+	  [Define to 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.])
 	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
 		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
 	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
@@ -91,7 +94,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
 	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
 	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
 	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
-	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
+	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS, 1,
+			 [Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext.])
 	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
 	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
 	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
@@ -224,7 +228,7 @@ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
      AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
    fi
    if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the stpcpy function.])
    fi
 
    AM_LC_MESSAGES
@@ -310,11 +314,13 @@ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
    dnl be included in po/Makefile.
    test -d po || mkdir po
    if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
-     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+     changequote(, )dnl
+     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed -e 's@^[A-z]:@@' -e 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
        posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
      else
        posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
      fi
+     changequote([, ])dnl
    else
      posrcprefix="../"
    fi

m4/group-member.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl Written by Jim Meyering
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_GROUP_MEMBER,
+  [
+    dnl Do this replacement check manually because I want the hyphen
+    dnl (not the underscore) in the filename.
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(group_member, , [LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS group-member.$ac_objext"])
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+  ]
+)

m4/inttypes_h.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 dnl From Paul Eggert.
 
@@ -7,12 +7,6 @@ dnl From Paul Eggert.
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H,
 [
-  if test x = y; then
-    dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-    dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
-    dnl for `HAVE_INTTYPES_H' in config.h.in.
-    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(INTTYPES_H)
-  fi
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
   [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
     [#include <sys/types.h>
@@ -21,7 +15,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H,
     jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
     jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
   if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
-    ac_kludge=HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
+[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+   and declares uintmax_t. ])
   fi
 ])

m4/jm-glibc-io.m4

@@ -1,23 +1,28 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
 dnl See if the glibc *_unlocked I/O macros are available.
+dnl Use only those *_unlocked macros that are declared.
 dnl
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO,
-  [AC_CHECK_FUNCS(				\
-    clearerr_unlocked				\
-    feof_unlocked				\
-    ferror_unlocked				\
-    fflush_unlocked				\
-    fputc_unlocked				\
-    fread_unlocked				\
-    fwrite_unlocked				\
-    getc_unlocked				\
-    getchar_unlocked				\
-    putc_unlocked				\
-    putchar_unlocked				\
-   )
+  [
+    io_functions='clearerr_unlocked feof_unlocked ferror_unlocked
+    fflush_unlocked fputc_unlocked fread_unlocked fwrite_unlocked
+    getc_unlocked getchar_unlocked putc_unlocked putchar_unlocked'
+    for jm_io_func in $io_functions; do
+      # Check for the existence of each function only if its declared.
+      # Otherwise, we'd get the Solaris5.5.1 functions that are not
+      # declared, and that have been removed from Solaris5.6.  The resulting
+      # 5.5.1 binaries would not run on 5.6 due to shared library differences.
+      jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS([#include <stdio.h>
+			    ], $jm_io_func,
+			    jm_declared=yes,
+			    jm_declared=no)
+      if test $jm_declared = yes; then
+        AC_CHECK_FUNCS($jm_io_func)
+      fi
+    done
   ]
 )

m4/jm-macros.m4

@@ -1,17 +1,23 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 7
 
 dnl Misc type-related macros for fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
 [
+  AC_PREREQ(2.13)               dnl Minimum Autoconf version required.
+
+  GNU_PACKAGE="GNU $PACKAGE"
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GNU_PACKAGE, "$GNU_PACKAGE",
+    [The concatenation of the strings \`GNU ', and PACKAGE.])
+  AC_SUBST(GNU_PACKAGE)
+
   dnl This macro actually runs replacement code.  See isc-posix.m4.
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
 
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_WITH_REGEX])
+  jm_INCLUDED_REGEX([lib/regex.c])
+
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_ASSERT])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
-  AC_CHECK_TYPE(ssize_t, int)
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_STRUCT_UTIMBUF])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO])
@@ -30,4 +36,30 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_MEMCMP])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_FNMATCH])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AFS])
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strcasecmp strncasecmp)
+
+  # By default, argmatch should fail calling usage (1).
+  AC_DEFINE(ARGMATCH_DIE, [usage (1)],
+	    [Define to the function xargmatch calls on failures.])
+  AC_DEFINE(ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL, [extern void usage ()],
+	    [Define to the declaration of the xargmatch failure function.])
+
+  dnl Used to define SETVBUF in sys2.h.
+  AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
+
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES,
+[
+  AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
+  AC_TYPE_MODE_T
+  AC_TYPE_OFF_T
+  AC_TYPE_PID_T
+  AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+  AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+  AC_TYPE_UID_T
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(ino_t, unsigned long)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(ssize_t, int)
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
 ])

m4/jm-mktime.m4

@@ -1,18 +1,16 @@
-#serial 3
+#serial 5
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl   /* Define to rpl_mktime if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl   #undef mktime
-dnl
+dnl A wrapper around AM_FUNC_MKTIME.
+
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MKTIME,
-[AC_REQUIRE([jm_AM_FUNC_MKTIME])dnl
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_FUNC_MKTIME])dnl
 
  dnl mktime.c uses localtime_r if it exists.  Check for it.
  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(localtime_r)
 
- if test $jm_am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
-   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(mktime, rpl_mktime)
+ if test $am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
+   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(mktime, rpl_mktime,
+    [Define to gnu_mktime if the replacement function should be used.])
  fi
 ])

m4/jm-winsz1.m4

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 AC_DEFUN(jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_IN_TERMIOS_H,
 [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS])
  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether use of TIOCGWINSZ requires termios.h],
@@ -17,3 +17,10 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_IN_TERMIOS_H,
    fi
   ])
 ])
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_WINSIZE_IN_PTEM,
+  [AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/ptem.h],
+		   AC_DEFINE(WINSIZE_IN_PTEM, 1,
+      [Define if your system defines \`struct winsize' in sys/ptem.h.]))
+  ]
+)

m4/jm-winsz2.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_NEEDS_SYS_IOCTL,
 [AC_REQUIRE([jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_IN_TERMIOS_H])
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_NEEDS_SYS_IOCTL,
   fi
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+    AC_DEFINE(GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL, 1,
+      [Define if your system defines TIOCGWINSZ in sys/ioctl.h.])
   fi
 ])

m4/lcmessage.m4

@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@
 # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
 # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
 
-# serial 1
+# serial 2
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)               dnl Minimum Autoconf version required.
 
 AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
   [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
@@ -14,6 +16,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
       [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
        am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
     if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
+		[Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.])
     fi
   fi])

m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
@@ -46,7 +46,9 @@ yes
   AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent)
   if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent = yes; then
     list_mounted_fs=found
-    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT)
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT, 1,
+      [Define if there is a function named listmntent that can be used to
+   list all mounted filesystems. (UNICOS)])
   fi
 fi
 
@@ -65,7 +67,10 @@ if test $ac_cv_func_getmntent = yes; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1)
     if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1 = yes; then
       list_mounted_fs=found
-      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1)
+      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1, 1,
+  [Define if there is a function named getmntent for reading the list
+   of mounted filesystems, and that function takes a single argument.
+   (4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix)])
     fi
   fi
 
@@ -79,7 +84,9 @@ if test $ac_cv_func_getmntent = yes; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2)
     if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2 = yes; then
       list_mounted_fs=found
-      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2)
+      AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2, 1,
+  [Define if there is a function named getmntent for reading the list of
+   mounted filesystems, and that function takes two arguments.  (SVR4)])
     fi
   fi
 
@@ -104,7 +111,9 @@ if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
   AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat)
   if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat = yes; then
     list_mounted_fs=found
-    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT, 1,
+	      [Define if there is a function named getfsstat for reading the
+   list of mounted filesystems.  (DEC Alpha running OSF/1)])
   fi
 fi
 
@@ -118,7 +127,10 @@ if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
   AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount)
   if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount = yes; then
     list_mounted_fs=found
-    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_VMOUNT)
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_VMOUNT, 1,
+	[Define if there is a function named mntctl that can be used to read
+   the list of mounted filesystems, and there is a system header file
+   that declares \`struct vmount.'  (AIX)])
   fi
 fi
 
@@ -135,7 +147,10 @@ if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
   AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp)
   if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp = yes; then
     list_mounted_fs=found
-    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP)
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP, 1,
+[Define if (like SVR2) there is no specific function for reading the
+   list of mounted filesystems, and your system has these header files:
+   <sys/fstyp.h> and <sys/statfs.h>.  (SVR3)])
   fi
 fi
 
@@ -156,7 +171,9 @@ if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
   AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo)
   if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo = yes; then
     list_mounted_fs=found
-    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO)
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO, 1,
+	      [Define if there is a function named getmntinfo for reading the
+   list of mounted filesystems.  (4.4BSD)])
   fi
 fi
 
@@ -174,7 +191,9 @@ if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
   AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt)
   if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt = yes; then
     list_mounted_fs=found
-    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNT)
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNT, 1,
+      [Define if there is a function named getmnt for reading the list of
+   mounted filesystems.  (Ultrix)])
   fi
 fi
 
@@ -188,7 +207,9 @@ if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
   AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread)
   if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread = yes; then
     list_mounted_fs=found
-    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD)
+    AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD, 1,
+	      [Define if there is no specific function for reading the list of
+   mounted filesystems.  fread will be used to read /etc/mnttab.  (SVR2) ])
   fi
 fi
 

m4/lstat.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl Determine whether lstat has the bug that it succeeds when given the
@@ -30,22 +30,11 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_LSTAT,
 	 jm_cv_func_lstat_empty_string_bug=yes)
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_func_lstat_empty_string_bug = yes; then
-
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS lstat.o"
-
-    if test $jm_cv_func_lstat_empty_string_bug = yes; then
-      if test x = y; then
-	# This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-	# FIXME: this is a hack to make autoheader put the corresponding
-	# HAVE_* undef for this symbol in config.h.in.  This saves me the
-	# trouble of having to maintain the #undef in acconfig.h manually.
-	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG)
-      fi
-      # Defining it this way (rather than via AC_DEFINE) short-circuits the
-      # autoheader check -- autoheader doesn't know it's already been taken
-      # care of by the hack above.
-      ac_kludge=HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
-      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
-    fi
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS lstat.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG, 1,
+[Define if lstat has the bug that it succeeds when given the zero-length
+   file name argument.  The lstat from SunOS4.1.4 and the Hurd as of 1998-11-01)
+   do this. ])
   fi
 ])

m4/malloc.m4

@@ -1,27 +1,16 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 3
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument.
 dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
 dnl
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl  /* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl  #undef malloc
-dnl
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MALLOC,
 [
- if test x = y; then
-   dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-   dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
-   dnl for this symbol in config.h.in.
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK)
- fi
  dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
  dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
- ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK, 1,
+                    [Define if the malloc check has been performed. ])
 
  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working malloc], jm_cv_func_working_malloc,
   [AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -38,7 +27,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MALLOC,
 	 jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no)
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.o"
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(malloc, rpl_malloc)
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(malloc, rpl_malloc,
+      [Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.])
   fi
 ])

m4/memcmp.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 dnl A replacement for autoconf's AC_FUNC_MEMCMP that detects
 dnl the losing memcmp on some x86 Next systems.
@@ -38,18 +38,15 @@ changequote([, ])dnl
    jm_cv_func_memcmp_working=yes,
    jm_cv_func_memcmp_working=no,
    jm_cv_func_memcmp_working=no)])
-test $jm_cv_func_memcmp_working = no && LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS memcmp.o"
+test $jm_cv_func_memcmp_working = no \
+  && LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS memcmp.$ac_objext"
 AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
 ])
 
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl   /* Define to rpl_memcmp if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl   #undef memcmp
-dnl
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MEMCMP,
 [AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_FUNC_MEMCMP])dnl
  if test $jm_cv_func_memcmp_working = no; then
-   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(memcmp, rpl_memcmp)
+   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(memcmp, rpl_memcmp,
+     [Define to rpl_memcmp if the replacement function should be used.])
  fi
 ])

m4/mktime.m4

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-#serial 1001
-
-dnl Just like mktime.m4 from automake-1.3b, but with an additional test.
-dnl Renamed to have jm_ prefix and to use jm_ prefix on cache variable names.
-
-AC_DEFUN(jm_AM_FUNC_MKTIME,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_TIME])dnl
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h unistd.h)
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(alarm)
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working mktime], jm_am_cv_func_working_mktime,
-  [AC_TRY_RUN(
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<</* Test program from Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com)
-   and Tony Leneis (tony@plaza.ds.adp.com).  */
-#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-# include <sys/time.h>
-# include <time.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#  include <sys/time.h>
-# else
-#  include <time.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_ALARM
-# define alarm(X) /* empty */
-#endif
-
-/* Work around redefinition to rpl_putenv by other config tests.  */
-#undef putenv
-
-static time_t time_t_max;
-
-/* Values we'll use to set the TZ environment variable.  */
-static const char *const tz_strings[] = {
-  (const char *) 0, "TZ=GMT0", "TZ=JST-9",
-  "TZ=EST+3EDT+2,M10.1.0/00:00:00,M2.3.0/00:00:00"
-};
-#define N_STRINGS (sizeof (tz_strings) / sizeof (tz_strings[0]))
-
-/* Fail if mktime fails to convert a date in the spring-forward gap.
-   Based on a problem report from Andreas Jaeger.  */
-static void
-spring_forward_gap ()
-{
-  /* glibc (up to about 1998-10-07) failed this test) */
-  struct tm tm;
-
-  /* Use the portable POSIX.1 specification "TZ=PST8PDT,M4.1.0,M10.5.0"
-     instead of "TZ=America/Vancouver" in order to detect the bug even
-     on systems that don't support the Olson extension, or don't have the
-     full zoneinfo tables installed.  */
-  putenv ("TZ=PST8PDT,M4.1.0,M10.5.0");
-  tm.tm_year = 98;
-  tm.tm_mon = 3;
-  tm.tm_mday = 5;
-  tm.tm_hour = 2;
-  tm.tm_min = 0;
-  tm.tm_sec = 0;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
-  if (mktime (&tm) == (time_t)-1)
-    exit (1);
-}
-
-static void
-mktime_test (now)
-     time_t now;
-{
-  struct tm *lt;
-  if ((lt = localtime (&now)) && mktime (lt) != now)
-    exit (1);
-  now = time_t_max - now;
-  if ((lt = localtime (&now)) && mktime (lt) != now)
-    exit (1);
-}
-
-static void
-irix_6_4_bug ()
-{
-  /* Based on code from Ariel Faigon.  */
-  struct tm tm;
-  tm.tm_year = 96;
-  tm.tm_mon = 3;
-  tm.tm_mday = 0;
-  tm.tm_hour = 0;
-  tm.tm_min = 0;
-  tm.tm_sec = 0;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
-  mktime (&tm);
-  if (tm.tm_mon != 2 || tm.tm_mday != 31)
-    exit (1);
-}
-
-static void
-bigtime_test (j)
-     int j;
-{
-  struct tm tm;
-  time_t now;
-  tm.tm_year = tm.tm_mon = tm.tm_mday = tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = j;
-  /* This test makes some buggy mktime implementations loop.
-     Give up after 10 seconds.  */
-  alarm (10);
-  now = mktime (&tm);
-  alarm (0);
-  if (now != (time_t) -1)
-    {
-      struct tm *lt = localtime (&now);
-      if (! (lt
-	     && lt->tm_year == tm.tm_year
-	     && lt->tm_mon == tm.tm_mon
-	     && lt->tm_mday == tm.tm_mday
-	     && lt->tm_hour == tm.tm_hour
-	     && lt->tm_min == tm.tm_min
-	     && lt->tm_sec == tm.tm_sec
-	     && lt->tm_yday == tm.tm_yday
-	     && lt->tm_wday == tm.tm_wday
-	     && ((lt->tm_isdst < 0 ? -1 : 0 < lt->tm_isdst)
-		  == (tm.tm_isdst < 0 ? -1 : 0 < tm.tm_isdst))))
-	exit (1);
-    }
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  time_t t, delta;
-  int i, j;
-
-  spring_forward_gap ();
-  for (time_t_max = 1; 0 < time_t_max; time_t_max *= 2)
-    continue;
-  time_t_max--;
-  delta = time_t_max / 997; /* a suitable prime number */
-  for (i = 0; i < N_STRINGS; i++)
-    {
-      if (tz_strings[i])
-	putenv (tz_strings[i]);
-
-      for (t = 0; t <= time_t_max - delta; t += delta)
-	mktime_test (t);
-      mktime_test ((time_t) 60 * 60);
-      mktime_test ((time_t) 60 * 60 * 24);
-
-      for (j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2)
-        bigtime_test (j);
-      bigtime_test (j - 1);
-    }
-  irix_6_4_bug ();
-  exit (0);
-}
-	      >>,
-changequote([, ])dnl
-	     jm_am_cv_func_working_mktime=yes, jm_am_cv_func_working_mktime=no,
-	     dnl When crosscompiling, assume mktime is missing or broken.
-	     jm_am_cv_func_working_mktime=no)
-  ])
-  if test $jm_am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mktime.o"
-  fi
-])

m4/putenv.m4

@@ -1,15 +1,10 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
 dnl Check whether putenv ("FOO") removes FOO from the environment.
 dnl The putenv in libc on at least SunOS 4.1.4 does *not* do that.
 dnl
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl  /* Define to rpl_putenv if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl  #undef putenv
-dnl
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_PUTENV,
 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for SVID conformant putenv], jm_cv_func_svid_putenv,
@@ -38,7 +33,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_PUTENV,
 	     jm_cv_func_svid_putenv=no)
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_func_svid_putenv = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS putenv.o"
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(putenv, rpl_putenv)
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS putenv.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(putenv, rpl_putenv,
+      [Define to rpl_memcmp if the replacement function should be used.])
   fi
 ])

m4/readdir.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl SunOS's readdir is broken in such a way that rm.c has to add extra code
 dnl to test whether a NULL return value really means there are no more files
@@ -126,16 +126,8 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working readdir], jm_cv_func_working_readdir,
   jm_cv_func_working_readdir=no,
   jm_cv_func_working_readdir=no)])
 
-  if test x = y; then
-    dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-    dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
-    dnl for this HAVE_-prefixed symbol in config.h.in.
-    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(WORKING_READDIR)
-  fi
-
-
   if test $jm_cv_func_working_readdir = yes; then
-    ac_kludge=HAVE_WORKING_READDIR
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_WORKING_READDIR, 1,
+[Define if readdir is found to work properly in some unusual cases. ])
   fi
 ])

m4/realloc.m4

@@ -1,27 +1,16 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 3
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0.
 dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
 dnl
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl  /* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl  #undef realloc
-dnl
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_REALLOC,
 [
- if test x = y; then
-   dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-   dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
-   dnl for this symbol in config.h.in.
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK)
- fi
  dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
  dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
- ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK, 1,
+                    [Define if the realloc check has been performed. ])
 
  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working realloc], jm_cv_func_working_realloc,
   [AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -38,7 +27,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_REALLOC,
 	 jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no)
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.o"
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(realloc, rpl_realloc)
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(realloc, rpl_realloc,
+      [Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.])
   fi
 ])

m4/regex.m4

@@ -1,21 +1,67 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 5
 
-dnl Derived from code in GNU grep.
+dnl Initially derived from code in GNU grep.
+dnl Mostly written by Jim Meyering.
 
-AC_DEFUN(jm_WITH_REGEX,
+dnl Usage: jm_INCLUDED_REGEX([lib/regex.c])
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(jm_INCLUDED_REGEX,
   [
     dnl Even packages that don't use regex.c can use this macro.
     dnl Of course, for them it doesn't do anything.
 
-    syscmd([test -f lib/regex.c])
+    # Assume we'll default to using the included regex.c.
+    ac_use_included_regex=yes
+
+    # However, if the system regex support is good enough that it passes the
+    # the following run test, then default to *not* using the included regex.c.
+    # If cross compiling, assume the test would fail and use the included
+    # regex.c.  The failing regular expression is from `Spencer ere test #75'
+    # in grep-2.3.
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working re_compile_pattern],
+		   jm_cv_func_working_re_compile_pattern,
+      AC_TRY_RUN(
+	changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+	<<
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+	  int
+	  main ()
+	  {
+	    static struct re_pattern_buffer regex;
+	    const char *s;
+	    re_set_syntax (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP);
+	    /* Add this third left square bracket, [, to balance the
+	       three right ones below.  Otherwise autoconf-2.14 chokes.  */
+	    s = re_compile_pattern ("a[[:]:]]b\n", 9, &regex);
+	    /* This should fail with _Invalid character class name_ error.  */
+	    exit (s ? 0 : 1);
+	  }
+	>>,
+	changequote([, ])dnl
+
+	       jm_cv_func_working_re_compile_pattern=yes,
+	       jm_cv_func_working_re_compile_pattern=no,
+	       dnl When crosscompiling, assume it's broken.
+	       jm_cv_func_working_re_compile_pattern=no))
+    if test $jm_cv_func_working_re_compile_pattern = yes; then
+      ac_use_included_regex=no
+    fi
+
+    test -n "$1" || AC_MSG_ERROR([missing argument])
+    syscmd([test -f $1])
     ifelse(sysval, 0,
       [
+
 	AC_ARG_WITH(included-regex,
-	    [  --without-included-regex don't compile regex (use with caution)],
+	[  --without-included-regex don't compile regex; this is the default on
+                          systems with version 2 of the GNU C library
+                          (use with caution on other system)],
 		    jm_with_regex=$withval,
-		    jm_with_regex=yes)
+		    jm_with_regex=$ac_use_included_regex)
 	if test "$jm_with_regex" = yes; then
-	  LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS regex.o"
+	  AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+	  LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS regex.$ac_objext"
 	fi
       ],
     )

m4/st_dm_mode.m4

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+#serial 2
+
 # Define HAVE_ST_DM_MODE if struct stat has an st_dm_mode member.
 
 AC_DEFUN(AC_STRUCT_ST_DM_MODE,
@@ -8,18 +10,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(AC_STRUCT_ST_DM_MODE,
      ac_cv_struct_st_dm_mode=no)])
 
   if test $ac_cv_struct_st_dm_mode = yes; then
-    if test x = y; then
-      # This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-      # FIXME: this is a hack to make autoheader put the corresponding
-      # HAVE_* undef for this symbol in config.h.in.  This saves me the
-      # trouble of having to add the #undef in acconfig.h manually.
-      AC_CHECK_FUNCS(ST_DM_MODE)
-    fi
-    # Defining it this way (rather than via AC_DEFINE) short-circuits the
-    # autoheader check -- autoheader doesn't know it's already been taken
-    # care of by the hack above.
-    ac_kludge=HAVE_ST_DM_MODE
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_ST_DM_MODE, 1,
+		       [Define if struct stat has an st_dm_mode member. ])
   fi
  ]
 )

m4/st_mtim.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 3
+#serial 4
 
 dnl From Paul Eggert.
 
@@ -24,7 +24,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(AC_STRUCT_ST_MTIM_NSEC,
     CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"])
 
   if test $ac_cv_struct_st_mtim_nsec != no; then
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ST_MTIM_NSEC, $ac_cv_struct_st_mtim_nsec)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ST_MTIM_NSEC, $ac_cv_struct_st_mtim_nsec,
+      [Define to be the nanoseconds member of struct stat's st_mtim,
+   if it exists.])
   fi
  ]
 )

m4/stat.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl Determine whether stat has the bug that it succeeds when given the
@@ -30,22 +30,11 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_STAT,
 	 jm_cv_func_stat_empty_string_bug=yes)
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_func_stat_empty_string_bug = yes; then
-
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS stat.o"
-
-    if test $jm_cv_func_stat_empty_string_bug = yes; then
-      if test x = y; then
-	# This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-	# FIXME: this is a hack to make autoheader put the corresponding
-	# HAVE_* undef for this symbol in config.h.in.  This saves me the
-	# trouble of having to maintain the #undef in acconfig.h manually.
-	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG)
-      fi
-      # Defining it this way (rather than via AC_DEFINE) short-circuits the
-      # autoheader check -- autoheader doesn't know it's already been taken
-      # care of by the hack above.
-      ac_kludge=HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
-      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
-    fi
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS stat.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG, 1,
+[Define if stat has the bug that it succeeds when given the zero-length
+   file name argument.  The stat from SunOS4.1.4 and the Hurd as of 1998-11-01)
+   do this. ])
   fi
 ])

m4/strftime.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 5
+#serial 6
 
 dnl This macro is intended to be used solely in this file.
 dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's strftime.c replacement.
@@ -13,11 +13,6 @@ AC_DEFUN(_jm_STRFTIME_PREREQS,
 
 dnl Determine if the strftime function has all the features of the GNU one.
 dnl
-dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
-dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
-dnl   /* Define to gnu_strftime if the replacement function should be used.  */
-dnl   #undef strftime
-dnl
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_GNU_STRFTIME,
@@ -138,8 +133,10 @@ changequote([, ])dnl
 	     jm_cv_func_working_gnu_strftime=no)
   ])
   if test $jm_cv_func_working_gnu_strftime = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS strftime.o"
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(strftime, gnu_strftime)
+    AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS strftime.$ac_objext"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(strftime, gnu_strftime,
+      [Define to gnu_strftime if the replacement function should be used.])
   fi
 ])
 

m4/uintmax_t.m4

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Paul Eggert.
 
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)
+
 # Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
 # if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
 
@@ -14,10 +16,11 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T,
       [unsigned long long i = (unsigned long long) -1;],
       ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
       ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
-    if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE(uintmax_t, unsigned long long)
-    else
-      AC_DEFINE(uintmax_t, unsigned long)
-    fi
+    test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
+      && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
+      || ac_type='unsigned long'
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
+[  Define to \`unsigned long' or \`unsigned long long'
+   if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.])
   fi
 ])

m4/uptime.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_SYS_PROC_UPTIME,
 [ dnl Require AC_PROG_CC to see if we're cross compiling.
@@ -10,6 +12,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_SYS_PROC_UPTIME,
       && cat < /proc/uptime >/dev/null 2>/dev/null \
       && jm_cv_have_proc_uptime=yes])
   if test $jm_cv_have_proc_uptime = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PROC_UPTIME)
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PROC_UPTIME, 1,
+	      [  Define if your system has the /proc/uptime special file.])
   fi
 ])

m4/utimbuf.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering
 
@@ -33,17 +33,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_STRUCT_UTIMBUF,
     ])
 
   if test $fu_cv_sys_struct_utimbuf = yes; then
-    if test x = y; then
-      # This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-      # FIXME: this is a hack to make autoheader put the corresponding
-      # HAVE_* undef for this symbol in config.h.in.  This saves me the
-      # trouble of having to maintain the #undef in acconfig.h manually.
-      AC_CHECK_FUNCS(STRUCT_UTIMBUF)
-    fi
-    # Defining it this way (rather than via AC_DEFINE) short-circuits the
-    # autoheader check -- autoheader doesn't know it's already been taken
-    # care of by the hack above.
-    ac_kludge=HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF, 1,
+[Define if struct utimbuf is declared -- usually in <utime.h>.
+   Some systems have utime.h but don't declare the struct anywhere. ])
   fi
 ])

m4/utimes.m4

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
-dnl Shamelessly cloned from acspecific.m4's AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL.
+dnl Shamelessly cloned from acspecific.m4's AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL,
+dnl then do case-insensitive s/utime/utimes/.
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_UTIMES_NULL,
 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether utimes accepts a null argument, ac_cv_func_utimes_null,
@@ -22,18 +23,8 @@ exit(!(stat ("conftestdata", &s) == 0 && utimes("conftestdata", (long *)0) == 0
 rm -f core core.* *.core])
 
     if test $ac_cv_func_utimes_null = yes; then
-      if test x = y; then
-	# This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
-	# FIXME: this is a hack to make autoheader put the corresponding
-	# HAVE_* undef for this symbol in config.h.in.  This saves me the
-	# trouble of having to maintain the #undef in acconfig.h manually.
-	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(UTIMES_NULL)
-      fi
-      # Defining it this way (rather than via AC_DEFINE) short-circuits the
-      # autoheader check -- autoheader doesn't know it's already been taken
-      # care of by the hack above.
-      ac_kludge=HAVE_UTIMES_NULL
-      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_UTIMES_NULL, 1,
+			 [Define if utimes accepts a null argument])
     fi
   ]
 )

man/help2man

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#!/sw/tools/bin/perl -w
 
 # Generate a short man page from --help and --version output.
-# Copyright © 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright © 1997, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ use Getopt::Long;
 use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME);
 
 my $this_program = 'help2man';
-my $this_version = '1.006';
+my $this_version = '1.010';
 my $version_info = <<EOT;
 $this_program $this_version
 
-Copyright (C) 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1997, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
@@ -151,22 +151,22 @@ if ($opt_output)
 #
 #   <version>
 #   <program> <version>
-#   GNU <program> <version>
-#   <program> (GNU <package>) <version>
-#   <program> - GNU <package> <version>
+#   {GNU,Free} <program> <version>
+#   <program> ({GNU,Free} <package>) <version>
+#   <program> - {GNU,Free} <package> <version>
 #
 # and seperated from any copyright/author details by a blank line.
 
 $_ = shift @version;
 
-if (/^(\S+)\s+\((GNU\s+[^)]+)\)\s+(.*)/ or
-    /^(\S+)\s+-\s*(GNU\s+\S+)\s+(.*)/)
+if (/^(\S+)\s+\(((?:GNU|Free)\s+[^)]+)\)\s+(.*)/ or
+    /^(\S+)\s+-\s*((?:GNU|Free)\s+\S+)\s+(.*)/)
 {
     $program = $1;
     $package = $2;
     $version = $3;
 }
-elsif (/^(GNU\s+)?(\S+)\s+(.*)/)
+elsif (/^((?:GNU|Free)\s+)?(\S+)\s+(.*)/)
 {
     $program = $2;
     $package = $1 ? "$1$2" : $2;
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ my $PROGRAM = uc $program;
 
 # Header.
 print <<EOT;
-.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by $this_program $this_version.
+.\\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by $this_program $this_version.
 .TH $PROGRAM 1 "$date" "$package $version" "FSF"
 .SH NAME
 $include{NAME}
@@ -252,11 +252,11 @@ for (@help)
 	next;
     }
 
-    # Catch start of options.
-    if (/^Options:/)
+    # Convert some standard paragraph names
+    if (s/^(Options|Examples):\s*\n//)
     {
-	print qq(.SH OPTIONS\n);
-	s/Options://;
+	print qq(.SH \U$1\n);
+	next unless length;
     }
 
     # Catch bug report text.
@@ -271,35 +271,50 @@ for (@help)
      {$1$2$1\\&...=PATTERN };
 
     # Convert options.
-    s/(\s)(-[][\w=-]+|\\&\S+)/$1 . convert_option $2/ge;
+    s/((?:^|,)\s+)(-[][\w=-]+|\\&\S+)/$1 . convert_option $2/mge;
 
     # Option subsections have second line indented.
     print qq(.SS "$1"\n) if s/^(\S.*)\n(\s)/$2/;
 
-    # Lines indented more than about 10 spaces may be assumed to be
-    # continuations of the previous line.
-    s/\n {10,}/ /g;
-
-    # Lines following dotted (*) or numbered points may also be
-    # continued if indented to the same level as the text following
-    # the point.
-    1 while s{((?:^|\n)(\s+)(?:[1-9][.)]|\*)(\s+)(?:[^\n]+))\n\2 \3(\S)}
-	     {$1 $4}g;
-
-    # Indented paragraph.
-    if (/^\s/)
+    my $ind = 0;
+    for (split /\n/)
     {
-	for (split /\n/)
+	# indented paragraph
+	if (/^\s/)
 	{
-	    s/^\s+//;
-	    s/([^,])\s+/$1\n/;
-	    print ".TP\n$_\n" if $_;
+	    # Join continued lines when indented to the same point as
+	    # text following at least two spaces on the previous line.
+	    if ($ind > 0 and /^ {$ind}\S/)
+	    {
+		s/^\s+//;
+		print "$_\n" if $_;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		# use the words(s) before two or more spaces for the
+		# tag
+		s/^(\s+)//;
+		$ind = length $1;
+
+		if (s/(\s\s+)/\n/)
+		{
+		    $ind += (length $1) + index $_, "\n";
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    $ind = 0;
+		}
+
+		print ".TP\n$_\n" if $_;
+	    }
+	}
+	# Anything else.
+	else
+	{
+	    print ".PP\n" unless $ind < 0;
+	    print "$_\n";
+	    $ind = -1;
 	}
-    }
-    # Anything else.
-    else
-    {
-	print ".PP\n$_\n";
     }
 }
 

man/pinky.x

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+[DESCRIPTION]
+.\" Add any additional description here

man/ptx.x

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+[DESCRIPTION]
+.\" Add any additional description here